Brother MFC-J895DW User's Guide
Brother MFC-J895DW is a feature-packed all-in-one machine that is perfect for home or small office use. It offers a wide range of functions, including printing, copying, scanning, and faxing. With its high-quality output and fast print speeds, you can easily create professional-looking documents, vibrant photos, and more. The MFC-J895DW also features a large touchscreen LCD that makes it easy to navigate the menus and print settings. Plus, with its built-in wireless connectivity, you can easily print from your computer, smartphone, or tablet.
Advertisement
Advertisement
Online User's Guide
MFC-J491DW
MFC-J497DW
MFC-J690DW
MFC-J895DW
© 2017 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
i
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) .............. 118
14SE or Other Windows Applications....................................... 158
ii
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
iii
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect...... 398
................................................................................. 410
iv
v
vi
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
•
•
Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
•
•
1
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING
CAUTION
IMPORTANT
NOTE
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Bold
Italics
Courier New
Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italicized style emphasizes an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
•
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
2
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
Notice - Disclaimer of Warranties (USA and Canada)
BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S), AND THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS
(COLLECTIVELY BROTHER’S LICENSOR) MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE SOFTWARE. BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S) DOES NOT
WARRANT, GUARANTEE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OR THE RESULTS
OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY,
CURRENTNESS OR OTHERWISE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU. THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES IS NOT PERMITTED BY
SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN CANADA. THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT
APPLY TO YOU.
IN NO EVENT WILL BROTHER’S LICENSOR(S) BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, AND THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BROTHER’S LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. BECAUSE SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN
CANADA DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN ANY EVENT BROTHER’S
LICENSOR’S LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, AND
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE), PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), WILL BE LIMITED TO $50.
Related Information
•
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
3
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, SharePoint, Internet Explorer, Excel, PowerPoint, OneNote and OneDrive are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Apple, App Store, Mac, Safari, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and macOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries.
The SDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Wi-Fi
®
, Wi-Fi Alliance
®
and Wi-Fi Direct
®
are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance
®
.
WPA
™
, WPA2
™
, Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
and Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance
®
.
Android, Gmail, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Google Play, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google are trademarks of Google, Inc. Use of these trademarks are subject to Google Permissions.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Brother Industries, Ltd. and related companies is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Evernote and the Evernote Elephant logo are trademarks of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
Mopria
®
and Mopria logo are registered trademarks and service marks of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the United
States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
WordPerfect is a trademark or a registered trademark of Corel Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Canada, the
United States and/or other countries.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
•
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
4
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
• Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and power regulations of that country.
• Windows 10 in this document represents Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
• Windows Server 2008 in this document represents Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
• In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the MFC-J497DW/MFC-J895DW are used unless otherwise specified.
• In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-J895DW are used unless otherwise specified.
• The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
• Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows 7 and macOS v10.12.x. Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
• The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
Related Information
•
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
5
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
6
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Selecting the correct type of paper
For high quality printing, it is important to select the correct type of paper. Be sure to read the information about acceptable paper before buying paper, and to determine the printable area depending on the settings in the printer driver.
Simultaneous printing, scanning and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax into memory or while scanning a document into the computer. Fax sending will not be stopped during printing from your computer. However, when the machine is copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing when copying or fax receiving has finished.
Firewall (Windows)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows Firewall and you installed the drivers using the steps in the installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
7
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1 2 3 4 5 6 8
1. 1.8" Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
2. Mode buttons
FAX
Press to switch the machine to Fax mode.
SCAN
Press to switch the machine to Scan mode.
COPY
Press to switch the machine to Copy mode.
WEB
Press to switch the machine to Web mode.
3. Settings buttons
Clear/Back
Press to go back to the previous menu level.
Settings
Press to access the main menu.
OK
Press to select a setting.
d
or c
Press to adjust the ring volume while the machine is idle.
• Press to store Speed Dial and Group numbers in the machine's memory.
7
8
• Press to look up and dial numbers that are stored in the machine's memory.
Press to configure the wireless settings while the machine is idle.
a
or b
Press to scroll through the menus and options.
d
or c
• Press to move the cursor left or right on the LCD.
• Press to either confirm or cancel a procedure which is in progress.
4. Telephone buttons
Hook
Press before dialing to ensure a fax machine answers, and then press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
If the machine is in Fax/Tel (F/T) mode and you pick up the handset of an external telephone during the
F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring), press
Hook
to talk.
Redial/Pause
• Press to redial the last number you called.
• Press to select and redial the numbers from the Outgoing Call history or Caller ID history.
• Press to insert a pause when dialing numbers.
5. Dial Pad
• Use to dial fax and telephone numbers.
• Use as a keyboard to enter text or characters.
6.
Stop/Exit
• Press to stop an operation.
• Press to exit from a menu.
7. Start buttons
Black Start
• Press to start sending faxes in black and white.
• Press to start making copies in black and white.
• Press to start scanning documents (in color or black and white, depending on the scan setting).
8.
Color Start
• Press to start sending faxes in full color.
• Press to start making copies in full color.
• Press to start scanning documents (in color or black and white, depending on the scan setting).
Power On/Off
Press to turn on the machine.
Press and hold down to turn off the machine. The LCD displays
[Shutting Down]
and stays on for a few seconds before turning itself off. If you have connected an external telephone or TAD, it is always available.
If you turn off the machine using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected to a power source at all times.
9
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1 2 3 4
5
1.
NFC (Near Field Communication) symbol
(MFC-J895DW)
If your Android
™
device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device or scan documents to your device by touching it to the NFC logo on the control panel.
2. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the touchscreen.
3. Menu buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
4. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
When the machine is in Sleep Mode, the LED blinks.
5.
Power On/Off
Press to turn on the machine.
Press and hold down to turn off the machine. The touchscreen displays
[Shutting Down]
and stays on for a few seconds before turning itself off. If you have connected an external telephone or TAD, it is always available.
If you turn off the machine using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected to a power source at all times.
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
10
•
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
11
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > LCD Overview
LCD Overview
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this indicates that your machine is ready for the next command.
Home Screen
1 2
01. 01. 2018
AM
6 5 4 3
1.
Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the
[Quiet Mode]
setting is set to
[On]
.
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes slower.
2.
Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
The wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in the Home screen displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
3.
[Ink]
Displays the available ink volume.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink color.
4.
Date and Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
5.
Faxes in Memory
Displays how many received faxes are in the machine's memory.
6.
Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
When the Distinctive Ring feature is turned on, the LCD displays
[D/R]
.
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
12
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can switch Home screens by pressing d
or c
.
From the Home screens, you can access Wi-Fi
®
setup, Shortcuts, Ink levels and Setup screens.
Home Screen
1
2
3 4
5 6 7
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, it indicates that your machine is ready for the next command.
1.
Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
2.
Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the
[Quiet Mode]
setting is set to
[On]
.
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes slower.
3.
[Shortcuts]
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning, Web Connect and
Apps services.
• There are three Shortcuts screens. You can program four shortcuts on each screen.
• To display the other Shortcuts screens, press d
or c
.
4.
Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
13
Your machine is not connected to the wireless access point/router.
Press this button to configure wireless settings. For more detailed information, see the
Quick Setup Guide
.
Wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing the Wireless Status button.
5.
[Settings]
Press to access the
[Settings]
menu.
6.
[Ink]
Displays the available ink volume. Press to access the
[Ink]
menu.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink color.
7.
Modes:
Press to switch to each mode.
[Fax]
/
[Copy]
/
[Scan]
/
[Photo]
/
[Web]
/
[Apps]
8.
Information icon
8
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as
[Message from Brother]
and
[Firmware Auto Check]
are set to
[On]
.
(Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.)
Press to view the details.
9.
Warning icon
9
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press to view the details, and then press to return to the Home screen.
14
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•
•
•
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
15
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine >
> New Information from
Brother
New Information from Brother
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as
[Message from Brother]
and
[Firmware Auto Check]
are set to
[On]
.
Press to view the details.
Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.
Related Information
•
16
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
MFC-J690DW
The touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press
[Settings]
.
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
4 5
1
2
6
7
3
8
1.
[Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
•
[Improve Print Quality]
•
[Print Head Cleaning]
•
[Ink Volume]
•
[Ink Cartridge Model]
•
[Print Setting Options]
2.
[Paper Type]
Press to access the
[Paper Type]
menu.
Use this option to change the paper type.
3.
[Quiet Mode]
Displays the Quiet Mode setting.
Press to access the
[Quiet Mode]
menu.
When this menu is set to
[On]
, is displayed on the Home screen.
4. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
5.
[Date & Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the
[Date & Time]
menu.
6.
[Wi-Fi]
Press to set up a wireless network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator signal strength.
7.
[Paper Size]
Press to access the
[Paper Size]
menu.
Use this option to change the paper size.
on the screen displays the current wireless
17
8.
[All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
MFC-J895DW
The touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press
[Settings]
.
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
4 5
1
6
7 2
3
8
1.
[Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
•
[Improve Print Quality]
•
[Print Head Cleaning]
•
[Ink Volume]
•
[Ink Cartridge Model]
•
[Print Setting Options]
2.
[Quiet Mode]
Displays the Quiet Mode setting.
Press to access the
[Quiet Mode]
menu.
When this menu is set to
[On]
, is displayed on the Home screen.
3.
[Fax Preview]
Displays the Fax Preview setting.
Press to access the
[Fax Preview]
menu.
4. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
5.
[Date & Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the
[Date & Time]
menu.
6.
[Wi-Fi]
Press to set up a wireless network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator signal strength.
7.
[Tray Setting]
Press to access the
[Tray Setting]
menu.
on the screen displays the current wireless
Use options in the Tray setting menu to change the paper size and type.
8.
[All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
18
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•
•
•
19
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Navigate the Touchscreen
Navigate the Touchscreen
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Press your finger on the LCD to operate it. To display and access all the options, press d c
or a b
on the LCD to scroll through them.
NOTE
• This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
20
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Brother Utilities
is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
• Windows 8
Tap or click
• Windows 8.1
(
Brother Utilities
) either on the
Start
screen or the desktop.
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the
Start
screen and click (if using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the
Start
screen to bring up the
Apps
screen).
When the
Apps
screen appears, tap or click (
Brother Utilities
).
• Windows 10
Click >
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
2. Select your machine.
3. Select the operation you want to use.
Related Information
•
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
21
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine >
Access Brother Utilities (Windows) > Uninstall the Brother
Software and Drivers (Windows)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
• Windows 8
Tap or click (
Brother Utilities
) either on the
Start
screen or the desktop.
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the
Start
screen and click (if using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the
Start
screen to bring up the
Apps
screen).
When the
Apps
screen appears, tap or click (
Brother Utilities
).
• Windows 10
Click >
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
2. Select your model from the drop-down list (if it is not already selected).
3. Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar.
• If the
Software Update Notification
icon is visible, select it, and then click
Check now
>
Check for
Software Updates
>
Update
. Follow the on-screen instructions.
• If the
Software Update Notification
icon is not visible, go to the next step.
4. Click
Uninstall
in the
Tools
section of
Brother Utilities
.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
•
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
22
Paper Handling
•
•
23
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper
Load Paper
•
•
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Bypass Tray
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
•
•
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
24
Load Paper > Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Legal Size Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
25
> Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo
2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the
[Check Paper]
setting is set to
[On]
and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and then the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
26
1
2
5. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
6. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface
face down
.
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
27
IMPORTANT
• Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed problems.
• Loading more than 20 sheets of Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm) paper may cause paper jams.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
7. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
8. Close the output paper tray cover.
9. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
10. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
28
•
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
29
> Load Legal Size Paper in the
Paper Tray
Load Legal Size Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the
[Check Paper]
setting is set to
[On]
and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Press the square paper tray expansion button (1) and slide out the paper tray until the square paper tray expansion button locks into the square LGL hole.
1
30
5. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
1
2
6. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
7. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface
face down
.
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
31
1
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed problems.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
8. Gently adjust the paper width guides to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper guides touch the edges of the paper.
9. Close the output paper tray cover.
10. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
11. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
32
2
1
Related Information
•
33
> Load Photo Paper in the Paper
Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the
[Check Paper]
setting is set to
[On]
and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper size, and then lift up the stopper (2).
34
1
2
5. Close the output paper tray cover.
6. Load up to 20 sheets of photo paper with the printing surface
face down
.
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
7. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper and the paper is flat in the tray.
1
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
35
9. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
•
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
36
> Load Envelopes in the Paper
Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
• If the
[Check Paper]
setting is set to
[On]
and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
• Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as possible.
See
Related Information
:
About Envelopes
.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Open the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Load up to 10 envelopes in the paper tray with the printing surface
face down
. Loading more than 10 envelopes may cause paper jams.
If the envelope flaps are on the long edge, load the envelopes with the flap on the left, as shown in the illustration. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and paper length guide (2) to fit the size of the envelopes.
Make sure the envelopes are flat in the tray.
37
1
IMPORTANT
2
If envelopes are "double-feeding," load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
5. Close the output paper tray cover.
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
7. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
•
•
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
38
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
39
Load Paper > Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Bypass Tray
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Bypass Tray
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW
Use the photo bypass tray, which is located on the top of the output paper tray cover, to print on Photo (4" x
6")/(10 x 15 cm) or Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(89 x 127 mm) size paper.
• In Canada, the photo bypass tray is called the photo paper tray.
• When you use the photo bypass tray, you do not have to remove the paper from the tray beneath it.
• If the
[Check Paper]
setting is set to
[On]
and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Press the blue photo bypass tray release button (1) and slide the whole output paper tray cover forward until it locks into the photo printing position (2).
1
2
4. Load up to 20 sheets of Photo or Photo L paper in the photo bypass tray with the printing surface
face down
.
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
40
5. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper. Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper and the paper is flat in the tray.
1
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Do not open the paper support and the paper support flap when using the photo bypass tray. Otherwise it is difficult to take out the printouts.
IMPORTANT
When you have finished printing photos, return the photo bypass tray to the Normal printing position. If you do not, you will get a
[No Paper Fed]
error when you use cut sheet paper.
Photo Bypass Tray in the Normal printing position
Photo Bypass Tray in the Photo printing position
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
41
Load Paper > Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Load special print media in this slot,
one sheet of paper
at a time.
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed slot.
1. Open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Lift up the paper support.
3. Slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
4. Load only
one sheet of paper
in the manual feed slot with the printing surface
face up
.
42
When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface
face up
and the flap on the left as shown in the illustration.
See
Related Information
:
About Envelopes
.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT load more than
one sheet of paper
in the manual feed slot at any time. Doing this may cause a paper jam. When printing multiple pages, do not feed the next sheet of paper until the LCD displays a message instructing you to feed the next sheet.
43
• DO NOT load paper in the manual feed slot when you are printing from the paper tray. Doing this may cause a paper jam.
5. Using both hands, push
one sheet of paper
into the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed rollers. Let go of the paper when you hear the machine pull it. The LCD displays
[Manual Feed Slot ready.]
. Read the instruction displayed on the LCD, and then press
[OK]
.
When loading an envelope, or a sheet of thick paper, push the envelope into the manual feed slot until you feel the paper feed rollers pull it.
6. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
• If the document does not fit on one sheet, the machine will prompt you to load another sheet of paper.
Place another sheet of paper in the manual feed slot, and then press
[OK]
on the machine's control panel.
• Make sure printing has finished before you close the manual feed slot cover.
• When paper is placed in the manual feed slot, the machine always prints from the manual feed slot.
• The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot while a test page, fax, or report is being printed.
• The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot during the machine's cleaning process.
Wait until the machine finishes its cleaning, and then load paper in the manual feed slot.
Related Information
•
•
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
44
Unprintable Area
The unprintable area depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the unprintable areas on cut-sheet paper and envelopes. The machine can print in the shaded areas of cut-sheet paper only when the Borderless print feature is available and turned on.
Cut-Sheet Paper
Envelopes
Cut-Sheet
Envelopes
Top (1)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.47 in. (12 mm)
Left (2)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
Bottom (3)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.47 in. (12 mm)
Right (4)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
The Borderless print feature is not available for envelopes, 2-sided printing and some paper sizes, such as
Legal and Executive.
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
45
Paper Settings
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
•
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
46
> Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Set the Paper Size and Paper Type settings for the paper tray.
• To get the best print quality, set the machine for the type of paper you are using.
• When you change the size of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting on the
LCD at the same time.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Paper Type]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Plain Paper]
,
[Inkjet Paper]
,
[Brother BP71]
or
[Other Glossy]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Paper Size]
. Press
OK
.
e. Select the paper size option you want, and then press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. (MFC-J895DW) Press
[Settings]
>
[Tray Setting]
.
2. (MFC-J690DW) Press
[Settings]
.
3. Press
[Paper Type]
.
4. Press a
or b
to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.
5. Press
[Paper Size]
.
6. Press a
or b
to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
7. Press .
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
Related Information
•
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
47
> Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
If this setting is set to
[On]
and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, the LCD displays a message asking if you want to change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings.
The default setting is
[On]
.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Tray Setting]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Check Paper]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
or
[Off]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[Check Paper]
option, and then press it.
3. Press
[On]
or
[Off]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
48
Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
The print quality can be affected by the type of paper you use in the machine.
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Paper Type to match the type of paper you load.
You can use plain paper, inkjet paper (coated paper), glossy paper, recycled paper and envelopes.
We recommend testing various paper types before buying large quantities.
For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on inkjet paper (coated paper) and glossy paper, be sure to select the correct print media in the
Basic
tab of the printer driver or in the Paper Type setting on the machine.
• When you print on Brother Photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
• When using photo paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
• Avoid touching the printed surface of the paper immediately after printing; the surface may not be completely dry and may stain your fingers.
Related Information
•
•
•
•
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
49
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Recommended Print
Media
Recommended Print Media
For the best print quality, we recommend using the Brother paper listed in the table.
Brother paper
Paper Type
Premium Plus Glossy Photo
Letter
4" x 6"
Item
BP71GLTR
BP71GP20
Related Information
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
50
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Handle and Use Print
Media
Handle and Use Print Media
• Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct sunlight and heat.
• Avoid touching the shiny (coated) side of photo paper.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use the following kinds of paper:
• Damaged, curled, wrinkled, or irregularly shaped
1
1
1.
0.08 in. (2 mm) or greater curl may cause jams to occur.
• Extremely shiny or highly textured
• Paper that cannot be arranged uniformly when stacked
• Paper made with a short grain
Related Information
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
51
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > About Envelopes
About Envelopes
• Use envelopes that weigh from 20 to 25 lb (80 to 95 g/m²).
• Some envelope sizes require that you set margins in the application. Make sure you do a test print first before printing many envelopes.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use envelopes that:
• Are loosely constructed
• Have windows
• Are embossed (have raised writing on them)
• Have clasps or staples
• Are pre-printed on the inside
• Are self-adhesive
• Have double flaps
Self-adhesive Double flaps
You may experience paper feed problems caused by the thickness, size and flap shape of the envelopes you are using.
• Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the flaps, edges and corners to make them as flat as possible, as shown in the illustrations.
Fan the stack of envelopes well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
IMPORTANT
If envelopes are "double-feeding," load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
Related Information
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
52
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
53
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media
Choose the Right Print Media
•
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
•
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
•
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
54
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media >
Media > Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type Paper Size Usage
Copy Printer
Cut-Sheet Letter Yes
Photo
Yes Yes
Cards
Envelopes
A4
Legal
Executive
A5
A6
Photo
Photo L
Photo 2L
Index Card
C5 Envelope
DL Envelope
Com-10
Monarch
8 1/2 x 11 in.
(215.9 x 279.4
mm)
8.3 x 11.7 in.
(210 x 297 mm)
8 1/2 x 14 in.
(215.9 x 355.6
mm)
7 1/4 x 10 1/2 in.
(184.1 x 266.7
mm)
5.8 x 8.3 in. (148 x 210 mm)
4.1 x 5.8 in. (105 x 148 mm)
4 x 6 in. (10 x 15 cm)
3.5 x 5 in. (9 x 13 cm)
5 x 7 in. (13 x 18 cm)
5 x 8 in. (13 x 20 cm)
6.4 x 9 in. (162 x
229 mm)
4.3 x 8.7 in. (110 x 220 mm)
4 1/8 x 9 1/2 in.
(104.7 x 241.3
mm)
3 7/8 x 7 1/2 in.
(98.4 x 190.5
mm)
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
-
-
-
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
2
MFC models only
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW only
Related Information
•
55
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media >
Media > Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Tray
Photo Bypass Tray
(MFC-J690DW)
Manual Feed Slot
(MFC-J690DW/
MFC-J895DW)
Paper Size
Letter, A4, Legal, Executive,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x
8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Paper Types
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
Inkjet Paper
Glossy Paper, Photo
Index Card
Envelopes
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x
13 cm)
Letter, A4, Legal, Executive,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x
13 cm), Photo 2L (5" x
7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card
(5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper,
Glossy Paper, Recycled
Paper and Photo
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper,
Glossy Paper, Recycled
Paper, Photo and
Envelopes
20
50
10
No. of sheets
(MFC-J895DW) 150
(MFC-J491DW/
MFC-J497DW/
MFC-J690DW) 100
20
20
1
1
2
When using plain paper 20 lb (80 g/m²)
In Canada, the Photo Bypass Tray is called the Photo Paper Tray.
Related Information
•
56
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media >
Media > Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Type
Cut-Sheet
Weight
17 to 32 lb (64 to 120 g/m²)
Thickness
3 to 6 mil (0.08 to 0.15 mm) Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
Inkjet Paper
17 to 53 lb (64 to 200 g/m²)
Up to 58 lb (Up to 220 g/m²)
3 to 10 mil (0.08 to 0.25 mm)
Up to 10 mil (Up to 0.25 mm)
Cards
Photo Card
Index Card
Up to 58lb (Up to 220 g/m²)
Up to 32 lb (Up to 120 g/m²)
20 to 25 lb (80 to 95 g/m²) Envelopes
1
2
BP71 69 lb (260 g/m²) paper is specially designed for Brother inkjet machines.
Up to 79 lb (Up to 300 g/m²) for Manual Feed Slot (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW ）
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Up to 10 mil (Up to 0.25 mm)
Up to 6 mil (Up to 0.15 mm)
Up to 20 mil (Up to 0.52 mm)
57
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents
Load Documents
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•
58
Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
The ADF can hold multiple pages and feeds each sheet individually.
Use paper that is within the sizes and weights shown in the table. Always fan the pages before placing them in the ADF.
Document Sizes and Weights
Width:
Paper Weight:
5.8 to 14.0 in. (148 to 355.6 mm)
5.8 to 8.5 in. (148 to 215.9 mm)
17 to 24 lb (64 to 90 g/m²)
1 Documents that are longer than 11.7 in. (297 mm) must be fed one page at a time.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
• DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper clipped, pasted or taped.
• DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper or fabric.
• Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
1. Lift up and unfold the ADF document support (1).
1
2. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
3. Adjust the paper guides (1) to fit the document size.
1
4. Place your document,
face down
,
top edge first
in the ADF underneath the paper guides until you feel the document touch the feed rollers and the LCD displays
[ADF Ready.]
.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT leave any documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
59
Related Information
•
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
•
60
Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
Width:
Weight:
Up to 11.7 in. (297 mm)
Up to 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Up to 4.4 lb (2 kg)
(ADF models)
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty and the ADF document support must be closed.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document
face down
in the upper left corner of the scanner glass, aligned with the arrow as shown in the illustration.
3. Close the document cover.
IMPORTANT
If you are scanning a book or thick document, DO NOT slam or press on the document cover.
Related Information
•
•
•
•
61
Load Documents > Unscannable Area
Unscannable Area
The unscannable area of a page depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the typical unscannable measurements.
Usage Document Size
Fax Letter
Legal
A4
Copy
Scan
All paper sizes
1 The unscannable area is 0.04 in. (1 mm) when using the ADF.
Related Information
•
Top (1)
Bottom (3)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.04 in. (1 mm)
Left (2)
Right (4)
0.16 in. (4 mm)
0.12 in. (3 mm)
0.04 in. (1 mm)
62
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
63
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
•
•
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
•
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
•
Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows)
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
•
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
•
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
•
64
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print a Photo (Windows)
Print a Photo (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
• We recommend using the photo bypass tray located on the top of the output tray cover to print on
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm) paper. (Available only for certain models)
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the
Basic
tab.
5. Click the
Media Type
drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the
Media Type
option to match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the
Paper Size
drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. Select the
Borderless
check box, if needed.
8. For
Color Mode
, select the
Natural
or
Vivid
option.
9. In the
Orientation
field, select the
Portrait
or
Landscape
option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
10. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the
Copies
field.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click
OK
.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
65
•
66
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print a Document (Windows)
Print a Document (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the
Basic
tab.
5. Click the
Media Type
drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the
Media Type
option to match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the
Paper Size
drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. For
Color Mode
, select the
Natural
or
Vivid
option.
8. In the
Orientation
field, select the
Portrait
or
Landscape
option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
9. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the
Copies
field.
10. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets, click the
Multiple Page
drop-down list, and then select your options.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click
OK
.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
•
67
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
If a print job was sent to the print queue and did not print, or was sent to the print queue in error, you may have to delete it to allow subsequent jobs to print.
1. Double-click the printer icon in the task tray.
2. Select the print job you want to cancel.
3. Click the
Document
menu.
4. Select
Cancel
.
5. Click
Yes
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
68
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of
Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1)
(Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Basic
tab.
4. In the
Orientation
field, select the
Portrait
or
Landscape
option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the
Multiple Page
drop-down list, and then select the
2 in 1
,
4 in 1
,
9 in 1
, or
16 in 1
option.
6. Click the
Page Order
drop-down list, and then select your page order.
7. Click the
Border Line
drop-down list, and then select your border line type.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click
OK
, and then complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
69
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print as a Poster (Windows)
Print as a Poster (Windows)
Enlarge your print size and print the document in poster mode.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Basic
tab.
4. Click the
Multiple Page
drop-down list, and then select the
1 in 2x2 pages
or
1 in 3x3 pages
option.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click
OK
.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
70
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Windows)
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper or thin paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Basic
tab.
4. In the
Orientation
field, select the
Portrait
or
Landscape
option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the
2-sided / Booklet
drop-down list, and then select
2-sided
.
6. Click the
2-sided Settings
button.
7. Select one of the options from the
2
‑
sided Type
menu.
When 2-sided is selected, four types of 2-sided binding are available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait
Long Edge (Left)
Description
Long Edge (Right)
71
Option for Portrait
Short Edge (Top)
Description
Short Edge (Bottom)
Option for Landscape Description
Long Edge (Top)
Long Edge (Bottom)
Short Edge (Right)
Short Edge (Left)
8. Select the
Binding Offset
check box if you want to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimeters.
9. Click
OK
to return to the printer driver window.
10. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
11. Click
OK
again, and then complete your print operation.
72
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
•
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
73
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
Use this option to print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing. The document's pages will be arranged according to the correct page number and will allow you to fold at the center of the print output without having to change the order of the printed pages.
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper or thin paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Basic
tab.
4. In the
Orientation
field, select the
Portrait
or
Landscape
option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the
2-sided / Booklet
drop-down list, and then select the
Booklet
option.
6. Click the
2-sided Settings
button.
7. Select one of the options from the
2
‑
sided Type
menu.
There are two types of 2-sided binding directions available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Left Binding
Right Binding
74
Option for Landscape Description
Top Binding
Bottom Binding
8. Select one of the options from the
Booklet Printing Method
menu.
Option
All Pages at
Once
Description
Every page will be printed in booklet format (four pages to every piece of paper, two pages per side). Fold your printout in the middle to create the booklet.
Divide into
Sets
This option prints the whole booklet in smaller individual booklet sets, allowing you to fold at the center of the smaller individual booklet sets without having to change the order of the printed pages. You can specify the number of sheets in each smaller booklet set (from
1-15). This option can be helpful when folding a printed booklet that has a large number of pages.
9. Select the
Binding Offset
check box if you want to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimeters.
10. Click
OK
to return to the printer driver window.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
12. Click
OK
.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
75
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows)
Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Windows)
Grayscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than color mode. If your document contains color, selecting Grayscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of grayscale.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Advanced
tab.
4. For
Color / Grayscale
, select
Grayscale
.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click
OK
.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
76
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the
Reduce Smudge
option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Advanced
tab.
4. Click the
Other Print Options
button.
5. Select the
Reduce Smudge
option on the left side of the screen.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type
Plain Paper
Option
2-sided Printing
or
Simplex Printing
Off
Low
High
Description
Select this mode to print at normal speed, using a normal amount of ink.
Select this mode to print at a slower speed, using a normal amount of ink.
Select this mode to print at the same speed as
Low
, but using less ink.
7. Click
OK
to return to the printer driver window.
8. Click
OK
.
9. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
77
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
Print Profiles
are presets designed to give you quick access to frequently-used printing configurations.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Print Profiles
tab.
4. Select your profile from the print profile list.
The profile settings are shown on the left side of the printer driver window.
5. Do one of the following:
• If the settings are correct for your print job, click
OK
.
• To change the settings, go back to the
Basic
or
Advanced
tab, change settings, and then click
OK
.
To display the
Print Profiles
tab at the front of the window the next time you print, select the
Always show
Print Profiles tab first.
check box.
78
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
•
79
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows) > Create or
Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Add up to 20 new print profiles with customized settings.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the
Basic
tab and the
Advanced
tab, and configure the print settings you want for the new Print Profile.
4. Click the
Print Profiles
tab.
5. Do one of the following:
To create a new print profile:
a. Click
Add Profile
.
The
Add Profile
dialog box appears.
b. Type the new profile name in the
Name
field.
c. Click the icon you want to use to represent this profile from the icon list.
d. Click
OK
.
The new Print Profile name is added to the list in the
Print Profiles
tab.
To delete a print profile that you created:
a. Click
Delete Profile
.
The
Delete Profile
dialog box appears.
b. Select the profile you want to delete.
c. Click
Delete
.
d. Click
Yes
.
e. Click
Close
.
Related Information
•
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
80
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that application. To change print settings for all Windows applications, you must configure the printer driver properties.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start)
>
Control Panel
>
Hardware and Sound
>
Printers
.
• For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
.
• For Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
, and then click
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• For Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
, and then click
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click
Control Panel
on the
Start
screen. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
.
2. Right-click the
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select
Printer properties
. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the
General
tab, and then click the
Printing Preferences...
or
Preferences...
button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows programs.
5. Click
OK
.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
81
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print Settings (Windows)
Print Settings (Windows)
Basic Tab
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts its print settings according to the selected media type.
Slow Drying Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly. This option may cause slight blurring of the text.
2. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the longer it will take to print the document.
3. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a custom paper size.
82
Borderless
Select this option to print photos without borders. Because the image data is created slightly larger than the paper size you are using, this will cause some cropping of the photo edges.
You may not be able to select the Borderless option for some combinations of media type and quality, or from some applications.
4. Color Mode
Select the color mode to suit your preference.
5. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
6. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
Reverse Order
Select this option to print your document in reverse order. The last page of your document will be printed first.
7. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper, or print one page of your document on multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
8. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper, or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing.
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each orientation.
83
Advanced Tab
1. Color / Grayscale
Select color or grayscale printing. The print speed is faster in grayscale mode than it is in color mode. If your document contains color and you select grayscale mode, your document will be printed using 256 levels of grayscale.
2. Color Enhancement (True2Life)
Select this option to use the Color Enhancement feature. This feature analyzes your image to improve its sharpness, white balance and color density. This process may take several minutes depending on the image size and your computer's specifications.
3. Ink Save Mode
Select this option to print using lighter colors and emphasize image outlines. The amount of ink that is saved varies, depending on the type of documents printed. Ink Save Mode may make your printouts look different than they appear on your screen.
The Ink Save Mode feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
4. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
84
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a value into the field.
5. Mirror Print
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
6. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
7. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
8. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
9. Other Print Options button
(MFC-J690DW) Photo Bypass Tray Help
Select this option to display the instructions for use of the photo bypass tray.
Change Data Transfer Mode
Select the print data transfer mode to improve print quality or print speed.
Advanced Color Settings
Select the method that the machine uses to arrange dots to express halftones.
The printout color can be adjusted to achieve the closest match to what appears on your computer screen.
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW) Advanced Quality Settings
Select this option to print your documents at the highest quality.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Retrieve Printer's Color Data
Select this option to optimize the print quality using the machine's factory settings, which are set specifically for your Brother machine. Use this option when you have replaced the machine or changed the machine's network address.
Print Archive
Select this option to save the print data as a PDF file to your computer.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
•
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
•
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
85
•
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
86
> Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac)
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac)
•
Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Mac)
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
•
87
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Photo (Mac)
Print a Photo (Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
• We recommend using the photo bypass tray located on the top of the output tray cover to print on
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm) paper. (Available only for certain models)
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple Preview, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
3. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX
(where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the
Show Details
button.
4. Click the
Paper Size
pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
To print photographs without margins, select a borderless paper size option.
5. Click the
Orientation
button that matches the way you want the photo to print.
6. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select
Print Settings
.
The
Print Settings
options appear.
7. Click the
Media Type
pop-up menu, and then select the media type you want to use.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the
Media Type
option to match the type of paper you load.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
88
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
3. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX
(where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the
Show Details
button.
4. Click the
Paper Size
pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
5. Select the
Orientation
option that matches the way you want the document to print.
6. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select
Print Settings
.
The
Print Settings
options appear.
7. Click the
Media Type
pop-up menu, and then select the media type you want to use.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the
Media Type
option to match the type of paper you load.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
•
89
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Mac)
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX
(where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the
Show Details
button.
3. Select the
Orientation
option that matches the way you want the document to print.
4. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select
Layout
.
The
Layout
setting options appear.
5. In the
Two-Sided
section, select the
Short-Edge binding
or
Long-Edge binding
option.
6. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
7. Click
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
90
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper
(N in 1) (Mac)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac)
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX
(where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the
Show Details
button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select
Layout
.
The
Layout
setting options appear.
4. Click the
Pages per Sheet
pop-up menu, and then select the number of pages to print on each sheet.
5. Select the
Layout Direction
option.
6. Click the
Border
pop-up menu, and then select your border line type.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
91
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Mac)
Print a Color Document in Grayscale (Mac)
Grayscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than color mode. If your document contains color, selecting Grayscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of grayscale.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX
(where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the
Show Details
button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select
Print Settings
.
The
Print Settings
options appear.
4. Click the
Color / Grayscale
pop-up menu, and then select the
Grayscale
option.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
92
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the
Reduce Smudge
option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
2. Select
Brother MFC-XXXX
(where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the
Show Details
button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select
Print Settings
.
The
Print Settings
options appear.
4. Click the
Advanced
print settings list.
5. Click the
Reduce Smudge
menu.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type
Plain Paper
Option
2-sided Printing
or
Simplex Printing
Off
Low
High
Description
Select this mode to print at normal speed, using a normal amount of ink.
Select this mode to print at a slower speed, using a normal amount of ink.
Select this mode to print at the same speed as
Low
, but using less ink.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click
.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
93
> Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print Options (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
Page Setup
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale
Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
94
Layout
1. Pages per Sheet
Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided
Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
95
Paper Handling
1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Page Order
Select the page order.
3. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
4. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
5. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.
96
Print Settings
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Slow Drying Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly. This option may cause slight blurring of the text.
3. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the longer it will take to print the document.
4. Color / Grayscale
Select color or grayscale printing. The print speed is faster in grayscale mode than it is in color mode. If your document contains color and you select grayscale mode, your document will be printed using 256 levels of grayscale.
5. Advanced
Change Data Transfer Mode
Select the print data transfer mode to improve print quality or print speed.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Other Print Options
Paper Thickness
Select the appropriate paper thickness.
Bi-Directional Printing
Select this option to increase the print speed. When this option is selected, the print head prints in both directions. When this option is cleared, the print head prints in only one direction, resulting in higher quality printouts but causing slower print speeds.
97
Sometimes, the movement of the print head may vary due to environmental conditions. This may be seen when you print vertical lines and they do not align. If you encounter this problem, turn off the Bi-
Directional Printing feature.
Color Settings
1. Color Mode
Select the color mode to suit your preference.
2. Advanced Color Settings
Click the disclosure triangle to view the Advanced Color Settings. Select the Color Enhancement check box, and then set the options using the sliders. This process may take several minutes depending on the size of the image and the specifications of your computer.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Mac)
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Mac)
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
98
Scan
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
•
99
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•
•
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
•
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
•
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
•
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
•
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
•
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
•
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
100
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
SCAN
).
3. Press a
or b
to select the
[to PC]
option, and then press
OK
.
4. Press a
or b
to select the
[to Image]
option, and then press
OK
.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press
OK
.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
OK
.
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the default settings. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a
or b
to select the
[Scan Settings]
setting, and then press
OK
.
To use the
[Scan Settings]
option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a
or b
to select the
[Set at Device]
setting, and then press
OK
.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
OK
.
Option
Scan Type
Resolution
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Select the scan resolution for your document.
101
Option
File Type
Description
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Scan]
>
[to PC]
>
[to Image]
.
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
.
• Press
[Start]
to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
To use the
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
setting, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
[OK]
.
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press
[Save as Shortcut]
. You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press
[Start]
.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
102
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
103
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as
a PDF File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
SCAN
).
3. Press a
or b
to select the
[to PC]
option, and then press
OK
.
4. Press a
or b
to select the
[to File]
option, and then press
OK
.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press
OK
.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
OK
.
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the default settings. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a
or b
to select the
[Scan Settings]
setting, and then press
OK
.
To use the
[Scan Settings]
option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a
or b
to select the
[Set at Device]
setting, and then press
OK
.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
OK
.
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
104
Option
Resolution
Description
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Scan]
>
[to PC]
>
[to File]
.
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
, and then go to the next step.
• Press
[Start]
to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
To use the
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
settings, a computer with ControlCenter4 (Windows) or
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
[OK]
.
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press
[Save as Shortcut]
. You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press
[Start]
.
105
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
106
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Memory
Card or USB Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Scan documents and save them directly to a memory card or USB flash drive without using a computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Open the machine's media slot cover.
3. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
4. Press
[Scan to Media]
.
5. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press
[Options]
, and then go to the next step.
To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the
[Set New Default] option, and then press
[Yes]
.
To restore the factory settings: press the
[Factory Reset]
option, and then press
[Yes]
.
• Press
[Start]
to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
[OK]
.
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name
Rename the file.
File Name Style
Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items appear in the file names.
Select the brightness level.
Brightness
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Auto Crop
(MFC-J895DW)
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass to a memory card or USB flash drive. The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single multi-page file.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press
[Save as Shortcut]
. You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press
[Start]
.
107
8. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press
[Continue]
. If there are no more pages to scan, press
[Finish]
. After you finish scanning, make sure you choose
[Finish]
before removing the memory card or USB flash drive from the machine.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the memory card or USB flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or damage the memory card or USB flash drive.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•
108
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine >
> Compatible Media
Compatible Media
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Your Brother machine has media drives (slots) for use with common data storage and digital camera media.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB flash drive
SD Memory Card
SDHC Memory Card
SDXC Memory Card
MultiMediaCard
MultiMediaCard plus miniSD (Adapter required) miniSDHC (Adapter required) microSD (Adapter required) microSDHC (Adapter required)
MultiMediaCard mobile (Adapter required)
Related Information
•
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
•
Print Photos Directly from Media
109
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Multiple Business Cards and
Photos (Auto Crop)
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
You can scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and use the Auto Crop feature to create separate files or a single multi-page file.
Guidelines for Auto Crop
1. 0.4 in. (10 mm) or greater
2. 0.8 in. (20 mm) or greater (bottom)
• This setting is available only for documents that are rectangular or square.
• If your document is too long or wide, this feature will not work as described here.
• You must place the documents away from the edges of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
• You must place the documents at least 0.4 in. (10 mm) away from each other.
• Auto Crop adjusts the skew of the document on the scanner glass; however, if your document is skewed more than 45 degrees at less than 300 x 300 dpi or 10 degrees at 600 x 600 dpi, this feature will not work.
• The ADF must be empty to use Auto Crop. (ADF models only)
• The Auto Crop feature is available for a maximum of 16 documents, depending on the size of the documents.
1. Load documents on the scanner glass.
• To scan documents using the Auto Crop feature, you must put the documents on the scanner glass.
• The Auto Crop feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
2. Open the machine's media slot cover.
3. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
4. Press
[Scan to Media]
>
[Options]
>
[Auto Crop]
.
5. Press
[On]
.
6. Press
[OK]
.
7. Press
[Start]
.
The machine starts scanning. Follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
110
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
111
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File Using
OCR
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR) technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
SCAN
).
3. Press a
or b
to select the
[to PC]
option, and then press
OK
.
4. Press a
or b
to select the
[to OCR]
option, and then press
OK
.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press
OK
.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
OK
.
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the default settings. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a
or b
to select the
[Scan Settings]
setting, and then press
OK
.
To use the
[Scan Settings]
option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a
or b
to select the
[Set at Device]
setting, and then press
OK
.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
OK
.
112
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Scan]
>
[to PC]
>
[to OCR]
.
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
.
• Press
[Start]
to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
To use the
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
setting, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
[OK]
.
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press
[Save as Shortcut]
. You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
113
6. Press
[Start]
.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
114
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Email Attachment
Scan to Email Attachment
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
SCAN
).
3. Press a
or b
to select the
[to PC]
option, and then press
OK
.
4. Press a
or b
to select the
[to E-mail]
option, and then press
OK
.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press
OK
.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
OK
.
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the default settings. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a
or b
to select the
[Scan Settings]
setting, and then press
OK
.
To use the
[Scan Settings]
option, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
8. Press a
or b
to select the
[Set at Device]
setting, and then press
OK
.
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
OK
.
115
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
10. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
[Scan Type]
depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing
Black Start
or
Color Start
does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Scan]
>
[to PC]
>
[to E-mail]
.
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a
or b
to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
.
• Press
[Start]
to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
To use the
[Options]
or
[Set at Device]
setting, a computer with either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press
[OK]
.
Option
Scan Type
Description
Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution
Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type
Select the file format for your document.
Document Size
Select your document size.
Brightness
Select the brightness level.
Contrast
Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Color
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press
[Save as Shortcut]
. You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
116
6. Press
[Start]
.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
117
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 users to scan using a Brother machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
•
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8, and
•
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8 and
•
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
118
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine >
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
> Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for
Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7,
Windows 8, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to monitor printers on the network.
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
• You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
Control Panel
>
Network and Internet
>
View network computers and devices
.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Change PC settings
>
Devices
>
Add a device
.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Change PC settings
>
PC and devices
>
Devices
>
Add a device
.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 10
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
Add a device
.
• The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother MFC-XXXX (model name) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC
Address / Ethernet Address)).
• Windows 8/Windows 10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
Install
in the displayed menu.
• Windows 8/Windows 10
Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
To uninstall drivers, click
Uninstall
or (
Remove device
).
Related Information
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
119
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine >
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
> Scan Using Web Services from the Brother
Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows 7,
Windows 8 and Windows 10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu on your Brother machine's LCD.
• Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
• If the LCD displays an insufficient memory error message, choose a smaller size in the
Paper size
setting or a lower resolution in the
Resolution (DPI)
setting.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
SCAN
).
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[WS Scan]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the type of scan you want. Press
OK
.
c. Select the computer where you want to send data. Press
OK
.
4. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
The machine starts scanning.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Scan]
>
[WS Scan]
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the type of scan you want, and then press it.
4. Press a
or b
to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
5. Press
[Start]
.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
120
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine >
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
> Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
, and then click
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• Windows 10
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
.
2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select
Scan profiles...
. The
Scan Profiles
dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the
Scanner
list is a Brother machine that supports Web Services for scanning, and then click the
Set as Default
button.
5. Click
Edit...
.
The
Edit Default Profile
dialog box appears.
6. Select the
Source
,
Paper size
,
Color format
,
File type
,
Resolution (DPI)
,
Brightness
and
Contrast
settings.
7. Click the
Save Profile
button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows Fax and Scan from the list.
Related Information
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
121
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
1. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
2. Click the
Device Settings
tab.
3. Click the
Device Scan Settings
button.
The
Device Scan Settings
dialog box appears.
4. Click the tab for the Scan to action you want to change (
Image
,
OCR
,
, or
File
).
5. Change the settings, as needed.
6. Click
OK
.
122
Each tab corresponds to a scan feature, as described below.
These settings can be changed.
Click the tabs, and then change the settings.
Tab Name
Image
OCR
File
Corresponding Feature
Scan to Image
Scan to OCR
Scan to Email
Scan to File
Settings
File Type
Target Application
OCR Language
(Available only for certain models)
File Name
Destination Folder
Scan Location
File Size Priority
Resolution
Scan Type
Document Size
Brightness
Contrast
Auto Crop
ID Card Scan
Advanced Settings
Default
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Applicable Features
Image OCR
Yes Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
Yes
Yes
-
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Type a prefix for your file name, if needed.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the
Folder
or
SharePoint
radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned documents.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
File
Yes
-
-
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
123
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the
File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the
Resolution
drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
•
Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate color depth for the document.
•
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
•
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of gray.
•
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the
Document Size
drop-down list.
• If you select the
1 to 2 (A4)
option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the
Brightness
level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness
level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the
Contrast
level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Contrast
level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single multi-page file.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Click the
Advanced Settings
button in the scan settings dialog box to configure advanced settings.
•
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
-
Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
•
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
•
Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
124
•
Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
125
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the
Finder
menu bar, click
Go
>
Applications
, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the
Select your Machine
button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the
Machine Scan Settings
button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan settings.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
126
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine.
Use the software applications provided by Brother, or use your favorite scanning application.
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
14SE or Other Windows Applications
•
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
•
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows)
127
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
•
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
128
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Select
Home Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
4. Select the
Document Type
.
5. Change the document's
Scan Size
, if needed.
6. Click (
Scan
).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. If you scanned multiple pages using the ADF, click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page. (ADF models only)
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Do one of the following:
• Click (
Save
) to save scanned data.
• Click (
) to print scanned data.
• Click (
Open with an Application
) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click (
Send E-mail
) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click (
OCR
) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain models)
129
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
130
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Select the
Document Type
option that matches the type of original you want to scan.
Option
Photo
Text and Graph
Description
600 x 600 dpi
300 x 300 dpi
24bit Color
24bit Color
Monochrome Text 200 x 200 dpi Black & White
Custom 300 x 300 dpi
(
24bit Color
Custom Settings
button.
as default) Select the scan settings you want from the
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
131
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) >
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
Select
Custom
in the
Document Type
list to change advanced scan settings.
• Select
Custom
, and then click the
Custom Settings
button.
The
Custom Scan Settings
dialog box appears.
You can change the following settings:
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the
Resolution
drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
-
Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate color depth for the document.
-
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
-
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
-
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of gray.
-
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8
million colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
132
Brightness
Set the
Brightness
level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness
level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the
Contrast
level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Contrast
level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single multi-page file.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the
Advanced Settings
button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
-
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
•
Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible. (Available only for certain models)
-
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
-
Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
-
Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
Related Information
•
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
133
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
For faster scan speeds, select the exact size of your document from the
Scan Size
drop-down menu.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
134
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Crop a Scanned Image Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
The crop tool on the Image Editing Toolbar lets you trim unwanted areas from your scanned image. Use the
Zoom In
and
Zoom Out
tools to help view the image to be cropped.
Image Editing Toolbar
1. Restart
Cancels all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image returns to its original state.
2. Fit to Window
Displays the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
3. Zoom In
Zooms in on the scanned image.
4. Zoom Out
Zooms out of the scanned image.
5. Crop and Edit
Removes the outer parts of the image. Click the
Crop and Edit
button, and then change the frame to contain the area you want to keep after cropping.
6. Page Counter
Indicates the page number of the scanned page currently shown in the image viewer. To display a different page, select the desired page number from the drop-down page number list.
If you have scanned multiple pages, you can see the next or previous scanned page by clicking the left or right arrow buttons in the preview window.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click (
Crop and Edit
) to edit the scanned image.
The
Crop and Edit - ControlCenter4
window appears.
135
a. Expands the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
b. Zooms in on the image.
c. Zooms out of the image.
d. Rotates the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees.
e. Rotates the image clockwise 90 degrees.
f. Click and drag the frame to adjust the area to be cropped.
3. Click
OK
.
The edited image appears in the image viewer.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
136
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan a document on your Brother machine, and then print copies using the printer driver features that are available in ControlCenter4.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click
.
a. Shows which images are currently selected.
b. Click the
Properties
button to change specific printer settings.
c. Select the
Paper Size
,
Media Type
and
Layout
options. The current settings are enclosed in a blue square.
3. Configure the print settings, and then click the
Start Printing
button.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
137
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Open with an Application Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
The
Open with an Application
button lets you scan an image directly into your graphics application for editing.
1. Click the
Open with an Application
button.
2. Select the application from the drop-down list, and then click
OK
.
The image will be opened in the application you have selected.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
138
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Select
Home Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
4. Select the
Document Type
.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click (
Scan
).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Click
Save
.
The
Save
dialog box appears.
9. Click the
File Type
drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
139
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select
Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
or
Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
from the
File Type
drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
10. To change the file name, click the
Change
button, if needed.
11. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
12. Click
OK
.
The scanned document is saved to the destination folder as a PDF.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
140
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
> Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Settings
File Type
Target Application
OCR Language
(Available only for certain models)
File Name
Scan Location
Show Folder
File Size Priority
-
-
-
-
-
Applicable Features
Open with an
Applicati on
OCR
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
Send Email
-
-
-
Yes
-
-
Yes
Save
Yes
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For
Send E-mail
and
Save
:
•
Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
•
JPEG (*.jpg)
(recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
•
TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
•
TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
•
Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
•
PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
(recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
(recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•
High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
XML Paper Specification (*.xps)
(the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows 10, or when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
•
Microsoft Office Word (*.docx)
(Available only for certain models)
•
Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx)
(Available only for certain models)
•
Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)
(Available only for certain models)
For
OCR
:
•
Text (*.txt)
•
HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
•
HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
•
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
WordPad (*.rtf)
•
RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
•
WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
141
•
Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Click
Change
to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the
Folder
or
SharePoint
radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the
File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Custom Settings
Select the
Custom
option, click the
Custom Settings
button, and then change settings.
Scan Size
Select the exact size of your document from the
Scan Size
drop-down menu.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
142
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows you to customize one-button scan actions.
•
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
•
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
143
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
4. Click the
Image
button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
144
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click
Change
.
• To change
Destination Folder
, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the
PreScan
check box.
6. Click
Scan
.
The machine starts scanning. The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
145
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
146
4. Click the
File
button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the
File Type
drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select
Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
or
Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
from the
File Type
drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
6. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, resolution and color, if needed.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the
PreScan
check box.
8. Click
Scan
.
The machine starts scanning. The file is saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
147
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
148
4. Click the
File
button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the
ID Card Scan
check box.
The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then click
OK
.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, scan location, resolution and color, if needed.
8. Click
Scan
.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click
Continue
to scan the other side.
10. Click
Finish
.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
149
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email client.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
4. Click the
button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
150
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click
Change
.
• To change
Destination Folder
, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the
PreScan
check box.
6. Click
Scan
.
The machine starts scanning. Your default email application opens and the scanned image is attached to a new, blank email message.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
151
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced
Mode (Windows)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR) technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
4. Click the
OCR
button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
152
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and color, if needed.
• To change the file name, click
Change
.
• To change
Destination Folder
, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the
PreScan
check box.
6. Click
Scan
.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word processing application.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
153
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Your machine can convert scanned data to a Microsoft Word, Microsoft PowerPoint, or Microsoft Excel file.
• Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
• To use this feature, your computer must be connected to the Internet.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Click the
Scan
tab.
4. Click the
or
File
button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the
File Type
drop-down list, and then select the
Microsoft Office Word (*.docx)
,
Microsoft Office
PowerPoint (*.pptx)
, or
Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)
option.
6. Change the scan settings, if needed.
7. Click the
Scan
button.
If a message dialog box regarding the Internet connection appears, read the information and click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
154
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
> Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Settings
File Type
Target Application
OCR Language
(Available only for certain models)
File Name
Destination Folder
Scan Location
Show Folder
Show Save As Window
File Size Priority
PreScan
Resolution
Scan Type
Document Size
Brightness
Contrast
Continuous Scanning
Auto Crop
ID Card Scan
Advanced Settings
Default
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
Yes
Applicable Features
Image OCR
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For
Image
,
and
File
:
•
Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
•
JPEG (*.jpg)
(recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
•
TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
•
TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
•
Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
•
PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
(recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
(recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•
High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
XML Paper Specification (*.xps)
(the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows 10, or when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
File
Yes
-
-
155
For
OCR
:
•
Text (*.txt)
•
HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
•
HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
•
Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•
Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•
WordPad (*.rtf)
•
RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
•
WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
•
Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
For
and
File
:
•
Microsoft Office Word (*.docx)
(Available only for certain models)
•
Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx)
(Available only for certain models)
•
Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)
(Available only for certain models)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Click
Change
to change the file name's prefix.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the
Folder
or
SharePoint
radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the
File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
PreScan
Select
PreScan
to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the
Resolution
drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
•
Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate color depth for the document.
•
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
156
•
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
•
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of gray.
•
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the
Document Size
drop-down list.
• If you select the
1 to 2 (A4)
option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the
Brightness
level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness
level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the
Contrast
level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Contrast
level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single multi-page file.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the
Advanced Settings
button in the scan settings dialog box.
•
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
-
Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
•
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
•
Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
•
Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped. (Available only for certain models)
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
157
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other
Windows Applications
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
You can use the Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE application for scanning.
• To download the Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE application, click (
Brother Utilities
), select
Do More
in the left navigation bar, and then click
PaperPort
.
• Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Home, Windows
10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
• For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's
Help
menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide
in the
Help
ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort
™
14SE. For other Windows applications, the steps will be similar. PaperPort
™
14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
• Depending on the model of your machine, Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE may not be included. If it is not included, you can use other software applications that support scanning.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort
™
14SE.
Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Using your computer, click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Nuance PaperPort 14
>
PaperPort
.
• Windows 8
Click (
PaperPort
).
• Windows 10
Click >
Nuance PaperPort 14
>
PaperPort
.
3. Click the
Desktop
menu, and then click
Scan Settings
in the
Desktop
ribbon.
The
Scan or Get Photo
panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click
Select
.
5. From the available Scanners list, select
TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-XXXX
or
TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-
XXXX LAN
(where MFC-XXXX is the model name of your machine). To use the WIA driver, select the Brother driver that has "WIA" as the prefix.
6. Select the
Display scanner dialog box
check box in the
Scan or Get Photo
panel.
7. Click
Scan
.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
158
8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
9. Click the
Document Size
drop-down list, and then select your document size.
10. Click
PreScan
if you want to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
11. Click
Start
.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
•
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
159
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
Windows Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
1. Scan
Select the
Photo
,
Web
, or
Text
option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type)
Photo
Web
Text
Resolution
Use for scanning photo images.
300 x 300 dpi
Use for attaching the scanned image to web pages.
100 x 100 dpi
Use for scanning text documents.
200 x 200 dpi
Scan Type
24bit Color
24bit Color
Black & White
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the
Resolution
drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
•
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
160
•
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
•
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of gray.
•
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select
Custom
, the
Custom Document Size
dialog box appears and you can specify the document size.
5. Brightness
Set the
Brightness
level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set the brightness level.
6. Contrast
Increase or decrease the
Contrast
level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value in the field to set the contrast level.
7. Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single multi-page file.
8. Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the
Advanced Settings
button in the Scanner Setup dialog box.
•
Paper Detection
-
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
•
Image Quality
-
Background Processing
•
Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
161
•
Remove Background Color
Remove the base color of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
-
Color Drop
Select a color to remove from the scanned image.
-
Boldface Formatting
Emphasize the characters of the original by making them bold.
-
Blurred Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
-
Edge Emphasis
Make the characters of the original sharper.
-
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The
Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the
24bit Color
option and the
300 x 300 dpi
,
400 x 400 dpi
, or
600 x 600 dpi
scan resolution.
•
Page Control
-
Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected color and range.
-
Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
Related Information
•
14SE or Other Windows Applications
162
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Windows Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
• Windows Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver.
• If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch Windows Fax and Scan.
3. Click
File
>
New
>
Scan
.
4. Select the scanner you want to use.
5. Click
Import
or
OK
.
The
New Scan
dialog box appears.
6. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use the
Scanner Utility
software of
Brother Utilities
.
7. Click
Scan
.
The machine starts scanning the document.
Related Information
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
•
163
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
> WIA Driver
Settings (Windows)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
Paper source
Select the
Document Feeder
or
Flatbed
option from the drop-down list.
Picture Type (Image Type)
Select
Color picture
,
Grayscale picture
,
Black and white picture or text
, or
Custom Settings
for the type of document you want to scan.
To change advanced settings, click the
Adjust the quality of the scanned picture
link.
Page size
The
Page size
option is available if you select the
Document Feeder
as the
Paper source
option.
164
Brightness
Set the
Brightness
level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the
Contrast
level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value in the field to set the contrast level.
Resolution (DPI)
Select a scanning resolution from the
Resolution (DPI)
list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Related Information
•
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
165
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard
Enhancer (Windows)
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows)
BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer are image processing applications. BookScan Enhancer can automatically correct images scanned from books. Whiteboard Enhancer can clean up and enhance text and images in photos taken of a whiteboard.
These applications are not available for Windows Server series.
• The machine must be turned on and connected to the computer.
• The computer must be connected to the Internet.
• You must be logged on with Administrator access privileges.
1. Click (
Brother Utilities
).
2. Select your machine from the drop-down list.
3. Select
Do More
in the left navigation bar.
4. Click
BookScan&WhiteBoard Suite
and follow the on-screen instructions to install.
Related Information
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
166
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
There are several ways you can use your Mac to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine. Use the software applications provided by Brother or your favorite scanning application.
•
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
•
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
•
167
Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the
Finder
menu bar, click
Go
>
Applications
, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the
Select your Machine
button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the
Scan
icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
•
•
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
•
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
168
Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant applications. For more information about the scanning procedure, see the manual for your application.
To use Brother TWAIN Driver, go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
and download
Scanner Driver (TWAIN)
.
1. Start your graphics application, and then select the scan operation.
The scanner setup dialog box appears.
2. Change the scan settings, such as
Resolution
,
Scan Type
, or
Adjust Image
, if needed.
3. Click the
Document Size
pop-up menu, and then select your document size.
4. Click the
PreScan
option to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
• After you select a document size, adjust the scanning area by holding down the mouse button and dragging your mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan.
5. Click
Start
.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•
•
169
Scan from Your Computer (Mac) >
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications
> TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
1
2
3
4
5
• Item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The
Contrast
setting is available only when selecting
Gray (Error Diffusion)
,
True Gray
, or
24bit
Color
from the
Scan Type
options.
1. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the
Resolution
pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
2. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan color depths.
•
Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•
Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images without using true gray dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a gray appearance.)
•
True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of gray.
•
24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate color reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colors to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
3. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
• If you select
Custom
, you can specify the document size.
170
4. Adjust Image
Click the
Adjust Image
button to adjust other image qualities.
Brightness
Set the
Brightness
level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the box to set the brightness.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the
Contrast
level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in gray areas. You can also type a value in the box to set the contrast.
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The
Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the
24bit Color
option and the
300 x 300 dpi
,
400 x 400 dpi
, or
600 x 600 dpi
scan resolutions.
5. Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Related Information
•
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
171
Copy
•
•
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
•
•
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
•
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
•
•
•
172
Copy a Document
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press (
COPY
).
The LCD displays:
Press Start
Quality
Normal
Paper Type
Plain Paper
01
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the control panel.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Change the copy settings, if needed.
Press a
or b
to scroll through the copy settings. When the setting you want is highlighted, press
OK
.
• When you load paper other than Letter size plain paper, you must change the
[Paper Size]
and
[Paper Type]
settings.
6. When finished, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
To stop copying, press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
[Copy]
.
The touchscreen displays:
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
173
When you load paper other than Letter size plain paper, you must change the
[Paper Size]
and
[Paper
Type]
settings by pressing
[Options]
.
Option
Copies)
(No. of
Options
Current setting indications
Description
Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
OK
.
Press to change the copy settings for the next copy only.
When you have finished changing settings, press
OK
.
Press the area indicated on the screen in the previous step to change these settings for the next copy only.
•
Quality
•
Paper Type
•
Paper Size
•
Enlarge/Reduce
When you have finished changing settings, press
OK
.
After you have finished selecting new options, you can save them by pressing the
[Save as Shortcut] button.
5. Press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
.
To stop copying, press .
Related Information
•
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•
174
Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
COPY
).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the control panel.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a
or b
to select
[Enlarge/Reduce]
. Press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to select the available options. Press
OK
.
6. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the
[Enlarge]
or
[Reduce]
option, press a
or b
to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use. Press
OK
.
• If you selected the
[Custom(25-400%)]
option, enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from
[25%]
to
[400%]
. Press
OK
.
• If you selected
[100%]
or the
[Fit to Page]
option, go to the next step.
7. When finished, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
If you selected the
[Fit to Page]
option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in the machine.
• The
[Fit to Page]
option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place your document in the upper-left corner, with the document face down on the scanner glass.
• The
[Fit to Page]
option is not available when using the ADF.
• The
[Fit to Page]
option is not available for Legal size documents.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy]
.
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
175
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Options]
>
[Enlarge/Reduce]
.
5. Press a
or b
to display the available options, and then press the option you want to change.
6. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the
[Enlarge]
or
[Reduce]
option, press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use.
• If you selected the
[Custom(25-400%)]
option, press (backspace) to erase the displayed percentage, or press d
to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from
[25%] to
[400%]
.
Press
[OK]
.
• If you selected
[100%]
or the
[Fit to Page]
option, go to the next step.
7. Read and confirm the displayed list of options you have selected, and then press
[OK]
.
8. When you have finished changing settings, press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
.
If you selected the
[Fit to Page]
option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in the machine.
• The
[Fit to Page]
option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place your document in the upper-left corner, with the document face down on the scanner glass.
• The
[Fit to Page]
option is not available when using the ADF. (ADF models only)
• The
[Fit to Page]
option is not available for Legal size documents.
Related Information
•
176
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
COPY
).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the control panel.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Stack/Sort]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Sort]
. Press
OK
.
5. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the document and starts printing.
6. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c
to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press d
to start printing.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy]
.
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Options]
>
[Stack/Sort]
>
[Sort]
.
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press
[OK]
.
6. When you have finished changing settings, press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the document and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press
[Continue]
to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press
[Finish]
.
Related Information
•
177
Home > Copy > Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
The poster feature divides your document into sections, then enlarges the sections so you can assemble them into a poster. To print a poster, use the scanner glass.
• Make sure the paper size is set to Letter, A4, or Executive.
• Poster copy is not available for Executive size paper.
• You can make only one Poster copy at a time.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
COPY
).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the control panel.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a
or b
to select
[Page Layout]
. Press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to display the options, and then press
OK
to select the option you want.
Option
Off(1in1)
2in1(Portrait)
-
Description
178
Option
2in1(Landscape)
2in1(ID)
(Using the scanner glass)
Description
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
. If you placed the document in the ADF or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c
to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press d
to start printing.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy]
.
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
179
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Options]
>
[Page Layout]
.
5. Press a
or b
to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option
Off(1in1)
2in1(Portrait)
-
Description
2in1(Landscape)
2in1(ID)
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
180
6. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press
[OK]
.
7. When you have finished changing settings, press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only) or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press
[Continue]
to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press
[Finish]
.
Related Information
•
181
Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
• You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
• The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
• We recommend loading single-sided documents in the ADF for 2-sided copying. (ADF models only)
• When you manually make 2 sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
• You can use only Letter, A4, A5, or Executive size plain paper.
Portrait
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
1
2
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
1
2 2
2–sided to 2–sided
1 1
2 2
Landscape
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
1
2
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
1
2
2
2–sided to 2–sided
1 1
2 2
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
COPY
).
182
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the control panel.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. To sort multiple copies, press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Stack/Sort]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Sort]
. Press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to select
[2-sided Copy]
. Press
OK
.
6. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, press a
or b
to select the following: a. To change the layout options, select
[Layout]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Long Edge Flip]
or
[Short Edge Flip]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[1sided
⇒
2sided]
. Press
OK
.
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press a
or b
to select
[2sided
⇒
2sided]
.
Press
OK
.
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c
to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press d
to start printing.
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, follow these steps:
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
3. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
4. Select
[Print Setting Options]
. Press
OK
.
5. Select
[Reduce Smudging]
. Press
OK
.
6. Change settings. Press
OK
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy]
.
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
4. To sort multiple copies, press
[Options]
>
[Stack/Sort]
>
[Sort]
.
5. Press a
or b
to display the
[2-sided Copy]
option, and then press it.
6. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps: a. To change the layout options, press
[Layout]
, and then press
[Long Edge Flip]
or
[Short
Edge Flip]
.
b. Press
[1-sided
⇒
2-sided]
.
183
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press
[2-sided
⇒
2-sided]
.
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Review your settings on the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
8. Press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
. If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
9. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press
[Continue]
to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press
[Finish]
.
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, press
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Print Setting Options]
>
[Reduce Smudging]
, and then change settings.
Related Information
•
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
184
Copy an ID Card
Use the
[2in1(ID)]
feature to copy both sides of an identification card onto one page, keeping the original card size.
• Make sure the paper size is set to Letter or A4.
• You may copy an identification card to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed information, see the
Product Safety Guide
.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
a a d b c a. 0.12 in. (3 mm) or greater (top, left) b. 8.4 in. (213 mm) c. 5.4 in. (137 mm) d. Scannable area
2. Press (
COPY
).
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
-
or
+
on the control panel.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Page Layout]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[2in1(ID)]
. Press
OK
.
5. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press c
to scan the other side.
185
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
a a d b c a. 0.12 in. (3 mm) or greater (top, left) b. 8.4 in. (213 mm) c. 5.4 in. (137 mm) d. Scannable area
2. Press
[Copy]
.
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Options]
>
[Page Layout]
>
[2in1(ID)]
.
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected. When you have finished changing settings, press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
7. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press
[Continue]
to scan the other side.
Related Information
•
186
Home > Copy > Copy in Ink Save Mode
Copy in Ink Save Mode
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
When you select Ink Save Mode, the machine prints the colors lighter and emphasizes the outlines of the images.
• The amount of ink that is saved varies depending on the type of documents printed.
• Ink Save Mode may make your printouts look different from your original document.
• The Ink Save Mode feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy]
.
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Options]
>
[Advanced Settings]
>
[Ink Save Mode]
.
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press
[OK]
.
6. When you have finished changing settings, press
[Black Start]
or
[Color Start]
.
Related Information
•
187
Copy Options
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Option
Quality
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
Density
Stack/Sort
Description
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get the best print quality.
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than Letter size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
100% -
Enlarge
Reduce
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Custom(25-400%)
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack Sort
Page Layout
1
1
2
2
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in1
2
1
Poster
2
1
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
1
1
2
2
2-sided→2-sided
1 1
2 2
188
Option
Remove Background
Description
Removes the document's background color in copies. The white background becomes more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
To change copy settings, press the
[Options]
button.
Option
Quality
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
2-sided Copy
Description
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get the best print quality.
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than Letter size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
100% -
Enlarge
Reduce
Fit to Page
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Custom(25-400%)
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
1
Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
1
2
2-sided→2-sided
1 1
2
Density
Remove Background
Color
2 2
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Removes the document's background color in copies. The white background becomes more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
189
Option Description
Stack/Sort
Page Layout
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack Sort
1
1
2
2
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in 1
2
1
Poster
2
1
Advanced Settings
(MFC-J895DW)
Ink Save Mode
Prints colors lighter and emphasizes the outlines of images.
Thin Paper Copy
Avoids bleeding through thin paper when copying.
190
Option Description
Book Copy
Corrects dark borders and skew when copying from the scanner glass.
Watermark Copy
Places text in your document as a watermark.
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
• You can save the current settings by pressing
[Save as Shortcut]
.
• (MFC-J895DW)
The Ink Save Mode, Thin Paper Copy, Book Copy and Watermark Copy features are supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
Related Information
•
•
191
Fax
•
•
•
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
192
> Send a Fax
Send a Fax
•
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
•
•
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•
•
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
•
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
•
•
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
•
193
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press (
FAX
).
The LCD displays:
Press Start
Enter Number
Fax Resolution
Standard
Contrast
Auto
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
• Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the dial pad.
• Redial (Redial the last number you dialed.)
Press
Redial/Pause
.
• Outgoing call (Select a number from the Outgoing Call history.)
Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Call History]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Outgoing Call]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select the number you want, and then press
OK
.
d. Press c
to select
[Apply]
.
• Caller ID (Select a number from the Caller ID history.)
Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Call History]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Caller ID History]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select the number you want, and then press
OK
.
d. Press c
to select
[Apply]
.
•
[Address Book]
(Select a number from the Address Book.)
Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Address Book]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Search]
. Press
OK
.
c. Do one of the following:
Enter the two-digit Speed Dial number using the dial pad.
Select a number from the list in the following ways: i. Select
[Alphabetical Order]
or
[Numerical Order]
. Press
OK
.
ii. Select the number you want. Press
OK
.
iii. Press c
to select
[Apply]
.
4. To change the fax settings, press a
or b
to select the setting you want to change, and then press
OK
.
5. When finished, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
6. Do one of the following:
194
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass and pressed
Black Start
, the machine starts scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
• If you are using the scanner glass and pressed
Color Start
, the LCD asks if you want to send a color fax.
Press c
to confirm. The machine starts dialing and sending the document.
7. When the LCD displays
[Next page?]
, do one of the following:
• Press c
to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c
. The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
• Press d
to send the fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press
[Fax]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
If
[Fax Preview]
is set to
[On]
, press
The touchscreen displays:
[Fax]
>
[Sending Faxes]
.
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
• Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the touchscreen.
• Call History
Press
[Call History]
.
Press
[Redial]
,
[Outgoing Call]
or
[Caller ID History]
.
If you select
[Outgoing Call]
or
[Caller ID History]
, select the number you want, and then press
[Apply]
.
• Address Book
Press
[Address Book]
.
Do one of the following:
Select the number you want, and then press
[Apply]
.
Press , and then enter the first letter of the name and press
[OK]
. Press the name you want to dial. If the name has two numbers, press the number you want. Press
[Apply]
.
4. To change the fax settings, press
[Options]
.
When finished, press
[OK]
.
195
5. Press
[Fax Start]
.
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass and selected
[Black]
in the
[Color Setting]
, the machine starts scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
• If you are using the scanner glass and selected
[Color]
in the
[Color Setting]
, the touchscreen asks if you want to send a color fax.
Press
[Yes (Color fax)]
to confirm. The machine starts dialing and sending the document.
6. When the touchscreen displays
[Next page?]
, do one of the following:
• Press
[No]
when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
• Press
[Yes]
to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press
[OK]
. The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
•
•
196
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialing, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
FAX
).
3. Press
Hook
and listen for a dial tone.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. When you hear fax tones, press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
• If you are using the scanner glass, press c
to send a fax.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
If
[Fax Preview]
is set to
[On]
, press
[Fax]
>
[Sending Faxes]
.
3. Press
[Hook]
and listen for a dial tone.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. When you hear fax tones, press
[Fax Start]
.
• If you are using the scanner glass, press
[Send]
.
Related Information
•
197
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
• If you are using the scanner glass, press c
to send a fax.
4. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press to display the
[Fax Start]
button.
4. Press
[Fax Start]
.
• If you are using the scanner glass, press
[Send]
.
5. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
Related Information
•
198
> Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
• Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
• Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialing.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually-dialed numbers in the same broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 90 different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
FAX
).
3. Press a
or b
to select
[Broadcasting]
and then press
OK
.
4. Press a
or b
to select
[Add Number]
and then press
OK
.
5. You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Enter a number using the dial pad: a. Press a
or b
to select
[Add Number]
, and then press
OK
.
b. Enter a number using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
• Select a number from the Address Book: a. Press a
or b
to select
[Add from Address book]
, and then press
OK
.
b. Press a
or b
to select
[Alphabetical Order]
or
[Numerical Order]
, and then press
OK
.
c. Press a
or b
to select the Speed Dial name or number you want.
d. Press d
or c
to select the check box labeled with the Speed Dial name or number, and then press
OK
.
• Search a number in the Address Book: a. Press a
or b
to select
[Search in Address book]
, and then press
OK
.
b. Press the first letter of the name using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
c. Press a
or b
to select the name, and then press
OK
.
d. Press
OK
again.
6. When finished, press a
or b
to select
[Complete]
. Press
OK
.
7. Press
Black Start
.
8. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the LCD displays
[Next page?]
, do one of the following:
Press c
to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c
. The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Press d
to send a fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
199
If the
[Out of Memory]
message appears, press
Stop/Exit
to cancel.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually-dialed numbers in the same broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 250 different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
If
[Fax Preview]
is set to
[On]
, press
[Fax]
>
[Sending Faxes]
.
3. Press
[Options]
>
[Broadcasting]
.
4. Press
[Add Number]
.
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press
[Add Number]
and enter a fax number using the dial pad. Press
[OK]
.
• Press
[Add from Address book]
. Press a
or b
to display the numbers you want to add to the broadcast. Select the check boxes of the numbers you want to add.
When finished, press
[OK]
.
• Press
[Search in Address book]
. Press the first letter of the name and press
[OK]
. Press the name, and then press the number you want to add.
Repeat this step to enter additional fax numbers.
5. When finished, press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[Fax Start]
.
7. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the touchscreen displays
[Next page?]
, do one of the following:
Press
[No]
when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
Press
[Yes]
to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press
[OK]
.
The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
•
•
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
•
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
200
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
While broadcasting you can cancel the fax currently being sent or the whole broadcast job.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Remaining Jobs]
. Press
OK
.
The LCD displays the fax number being dialed and the broadcasting job number.
3. Press a
or b
to select the broadcasting job number you want to cancel and then press
OK
.
4. Do one of the following:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, select the broadcasting job number and then press
OK
.
Press c
to confirm or press d
to exit without canceling.
• To cancel the current number being dialed, select the name or number on the LCD and then press
OK
.
Press c
to confirm or press d
to exit without canceling.
• To exit without canceling, press
Stop/Exit
.
5. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press .
3. Do one of the following:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, press
[Entire Broadcast]
. Press
[Yes]
to confirm or press
[No]
to exit without canceling.
• To cancel the current number being dialed, press the name or number on the touchscreen. Press
[Yes] to confirm or press
[No]
to exit without canceling.
• To exit without canceling, press .
Related Information
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
201
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the telephone line is free, the machine starts dialing and sending. If you want to send an important document immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on
[Real Time TX]
.
• If you are sending a color fax or if the machine's memory is full and you are sending a black and white fax from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time (even if
[Real Time TX]
is set to
[Off]
).
• In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (
FAX
).
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Real Time TX]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[On]
(or
[Off]
). Press
OK
.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
If
[Fax Preview]
is set to
[On]
, press
3. Press
[Options]
>
[Real Time TX]
.
4. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
5. Press
[OK]
.
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press
[Fax Start]
.
Related Information
•
[Fax]
>
[Sending Faxes]
.
202
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
If
[Fax Preview]
is set to
[On]
, press
[Fax]
>
[Sending Faxes]
.
3. Press
[Options]
>
[Delayed Fax]
.
4. Press
[Delayed Fax]
.
5. Press
[On]
.
6. Press
[Set Time]
.
7. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount and type of data.
8. Press
[OK]
.
9. Enter the fax number.
10. Press
[Fax Start]
.
• If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
11. When the touchscreen displays
[Next page?]
, do one of the following:
• Press
[No]
when finished scanning pages.
• Press
[Yes]
to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press
[OK]
. The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
•
203
> Send a Fax > Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
If you are sending a fax automatically and the line is busy when the Fax Auto Redial setting is set to
[On]
, the machine redials once after five minutes.
The default setting is
[On]
.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Fax Auto Redial]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[On]
(or
[Off]
). Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Fax Auto Redial]
.
2. Press
[On]
or
[Off]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
204
> Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Stop/Exit
to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
2. When you press
Stop/Exit
while the machine is dialing or sending, the LCD displays
[Cancel Job?]
.
Press c
to confirm.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
3. When you press while the machine is dialing or sending, the touchscreen displays
[Cancel Job?]
.
Press
[Yes]
.
Related Information
•
•
205
> Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Follow these steps to view or to cancel faxes stored in the machine's memory and waiting to be sent. If there are no fax jobs in memory, the LCD displays
[No Jobs Waiting]
. You can cancel a fax job before it is sent.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Remaining Jobs]
. Press
OK
.
3. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel: a. Press a
or b
to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, select the job you want to cancel and then press
OK
.
b. Press c
to confirm or press d
to exit without canceling.
4. When finished, press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Remaining Jobs]
.
2. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel: a. Press a
or b
to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, press the job you want to cancel.
b. Press
[OK]
.
c. Press
[Yes]
to confirm or press
[No]
to exit without canceling.
3. When finished, press .
Related Information
•
•
206
Fax Options
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
To change fax-sending settings, press (
FAX
).
Option
Fax Resolution
Contrast
Glass Scan Size
Broadcasting
(black and white only)
Real Time TX
Overseas Mode
Call History
Address Book
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Description
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast may improve the fax quality.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
See
Related Information
:
Scanner Specifications
in
Specifications
.
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the same time.
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Select a number from the Call History.
Select a number from the Address Book.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
To change fax-sending settings, press the
[Options]
button.
Option
Fax Resolution
Contrast
Glass Scan Size
Broadcasting
(black and white only)
Preview
(MFC-J895DW)
(black and white only)
Color Setting
Description
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast may improve the fax quality.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
See
Related Information
:
Scanner Specifications
in
Specifications
.
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the same time.
• Preview a fax message before you send it.
• You cannot send a color fax when
Preview
is set to
On
.
Set whether faxes are sent in black and white or color.
• Color faxes cannot be stored in the machine’s memory and the machine sends them immediately.
• Use the ADF to send color faxes with multiple pages.
207
Option Description
• (MFC-J895DW) You cannot send a color fax when
Preview
is set to
On
.
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Delayed Fax
(black and white only)
Batch TX
(black and white only)
Real Time TX
Overseas Mode
Call History
Address Book
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Economize by sending all delayed faxes scheduled for the same time and fax number as one fax to save transmission time.
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Select a number from the Call History.
Select a number from the Address Book.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing
[Save as Shortcut]
.
You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
•
•
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
•
208
> Receive a Fax
Receive a Fax
•
•
•
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
•
•
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
•
•
209
> Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
•
210
Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Some receive modes answer automatically (
[Fax Only]
and
[Fax/Tel]
). You may want to change the Ring
Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only
[Fax Only]
mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel
[Fax/Tel]
mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognizing whether they are fax or voice calls and handling them in one of the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice calls will start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the line. The F/T ring is a pseudo/double-ring made by your machine.
Manual
[Manual]
mode turns off all automatic answering functions (unless you are using the Distinctive Ring feature).
To receive a fax in
[Manual]
mode, lift the handset of the external telephone or press the Hook button. When you hear fax tones (short repeating beeps), press the Start button, and then select
[Receive]
to receive a fax. You can also use the Easy Receive feature to receive faxes by lifting a handset on the same line as the machine.
External TAD
[External TAD]
mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls will be handled in the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
•
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
•
•
211
Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
The correct Receive Mode for you is determined by the external devices and telephone subscriber services
(Voice Mail, Distinctive Ring and so on) you will be using on the same line as the Brother machine.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Will you be using a Distinctive Ring number for receiving faxes? (USA and Canada only)
Brother uses the term "Distinctive Ring" but different telephone companies may have other names for this service, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Teen Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-
Call, Smart Ring and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number Ringing.
Will you be using Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, there is a strong possibility that
Voice Mail and the Brother machine will conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls. Select Manual
Mode as your Receive Mode.
If you do not want to answer every call manually to determine whether it is a voice call or a fax, contact your telephone provider and ask about Distinctive Ring services.
Will you be using a Telephone Answering Device on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
Your external telephone answering device (TAD) will answer every call automatically. Voice messages are stored on the external TAD and fax messages are printed. Select
[External TAD]
as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on a dedicated fax line?
Your machine automatically answers every call as a fax. Select
[Fax Only]
as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on the same line as your telephone?
•
Do you want to receive voice calls and faxes automatically?
Select
[Fax/Tel]
mode when your Brother machine and your telephones share the same line.
Important Note:
You cannot receive voice messages on either Voice Mail or an answering machine if you select
[Fax/Tel]
mode.
•
Do you expect to receive very few faxes?
Select
[Manual]
as your Receive Mode. You control the telephone line and must answer every call yourself.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Receive Mode]
. Press
OK
.
If you cannot change the
[Receive Mode]
option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to
[Off]
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the
[Fax Only]
,
[Fax/Tel]
,
[External TAD]
, or
[Manual]
option, and then press
OK
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
212
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Will you be using a Distinctive Ring number for receiving faxes? (USA and Canada only)
Brother uses the term "Distinctive Ring" but different telephone companies may have other names for this service, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Teen Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-
Call, Smart Ring and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number Ringing.
Will you be using Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, there is a strong possibility that
Voice Mail and the Brother machine will conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls. Select Manual
Mode as your Receive Mode.
If you do not want to answer every call manually to determine whether it is a voice call or a fax, contact your telephone provider and ask about Distinctive Ring services.
Will you be using a Telephone Answering Device on the same telephone line as your Brother machine?
Your external telephone answering device (TAD) will answer every call automatically. Voice messages are stored on the external TAD and fax messages are printed. Select
[External TAD]
as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on a dedicated fax line?
Your machine automatically answers every call as a fax. Select
[Fax Only]
as your Receive Mode.
Will you be using your Brother machine on the same line as your telephone?
•
Do you want to receive voice calls and faxes automatically?
Select
[Fax/Tel]
mode when your Brother machine and your telephones share the same line.
Important Note:
You cannot receive voice messages on either Voice Mail or an answering machine if you select
[Fax/Tel]
mode.
•
Do you expect to receive very few faxes?
Select
[Manual]
as your Receive Mode. You control the telephone line and must answer every call yourself.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Receive Mode]
.
If you cannot change the
[Receive Mode]
option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to
[Off]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[Fax Only]
,
[Fax/Tel]
,
[External TAD]
, or
[Manual]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
•
•
Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
•
•
•
213
Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in the Ring Delay option.
• The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in
[Fax Only]
and
[Fax/Tel]
modes.
• If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, keep the Ring Delay setting of
[4]
.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Ring Delay]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4).
Press
OK
.
• If you select
[0]
, the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for some countries).
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Ring Delay]
.
2. Press the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4).
If you select
[0]
, the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for some countries).
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
•
214
Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
When you set the Receive Mode to
[Fax/Tel]
, if the call is a fax, your machine will receive it automatically.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) for the time you set in the
F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
Because the F/T ring is a setting only on your Brother machine, extension and external telephones will not ring; however, you can still answer the machine's call on any telephone.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[F/T Ring Time]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call (
[20Secs]
,
[30Secs]
,
[40Secs]
, or
[70Secs]
). Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set time.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[F/T Ring Time]
.
2. Press how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call (
[20Secs]
,
[30Secs]
,
[40Secs]
,
[55Secs]
, or
[70Secs]
).
3. Press .
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set time.
Related Information
•
•
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
215
Receive Mode Settings > Set Easy Receive
Set Easy Receive
If Easy Receive is On:
The machine can receive a fax automatically, even if you answer the call. When the message that your machine is receiving a fax appears on the LCD or when you hear a click on the phone line through the handset you are using, just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Easy Receive is Off:
If you are at the machine and answer a fax call first by lifting the external handset, press the Start button, and then select
[Receive]
to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension telephone, press *
51
.
• If Easy Receive is set to
[On]
, but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension or external telephone handset, press the fax receive code *
51
.
• If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Easy Receive to
[Off]
.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Easy Receive]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
(or
[Off]
). Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Easy Receive]
.
2. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
•
216
Fax Preview
Use the Fax Preview feature to view received faxes on the LCD.
•
•
217
> Set Fax Preview to On
Set Fax Preview to On
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
• When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed for Fax Forwarding,
PC-Fax Receiving and Forward to Cloud operations, even if you set Backup Print to On.
• Although printed faxes show the received date and time when Fax Receive Stamp is turned on, the Fax
Preview screen will not display the received date and time.
1. Press
[Settings]
.
2. Press
[Fax Preview]
.
3. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
The touchscreen displays a message saying future received faxes will not be printed.
4. Press
[Yes]
.
5. Press .
If faxes are stored in the memory when you change Fax Preview to Off, do one of the following:
• If you do not want to print the stored faxes, press
[Continue]
.
Press
[Yes]
to confirm.
Your faxes will be deleted.
• To print all the stored faxes, press
[Print All Faxes Before Delete]
.
• If you do not want to turn off Fax Preview, press
[Cancel]
.
Related Information
•
218
> Preview New Faxes
Preview New Faxes
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
When a fax is received, a message appears on the LCD.
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
• To see a fax you already previewed, press
[Fax]
and
[Received Faxes]
.
1. Press to view new faxes.
2. The fax list includes old and new faxes. A blue mark appears next to new faxes.
Press the fax you want.
If you want to print or delete all the faxes in the list, press
[Print/Delete]
.
Do one of the following:
• Press
[Print All(New Faxes)]
to print all faxes you have not yet viewed.
• Press
[Print All(Old Faxes)]
to print all faxes you have viewed.
• Press
[Delete All(New Faxes)]
to delete all faxes you have not yet viewed.
• Press
[Delete All(Old Faxes)]
to delete all faxes you have viewed.
3. Perform the following operations by pressing the buttons shown in the table:
219
Button Result
Enlarge the fax.
Reduce the fax.
Scroll vertically.
or
or Scroll horizontally.
Rotate the fax clockwise.
Delete the fax.
Press
Yes
to confirm.
Go back to the previous page.
Go to the next page.
Go back to the fax list.
Start
Print the fax.
If the fax is a single page, it starts printing. A touchscreen message asks if you want to delete the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press
Yes
. To keep the fax in the machine's memory, press
No
.
If the fax has multiple pages, do one of the following:
• Press
Print All Pages
to print the whole message. A touchscreen message asks if you want to delete the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press
Yes
. To keep the fax in the machine's memory, press
No
.
• Press
Print Displayed Only
to print only the displayed page.
• Press
Print From Displayed
to print from the displayed page to the last page.
• If your fax is large there may be a delay before it is displayed.
• The touchscreen displays the current page number and total pages of the fax message.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
220
> Receive a Fax > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
When the
[Auto Reduction]
feature is
[On]
, your Brother machine reduces any oversized incoming fax page to fit on your paper. The machine calculates the reduction ratio using the page size of the fax, and your Paper
Size setting.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Auto Reduction]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
(or
[Off]
). Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Auto Reduction]
.
2. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
221
> Receive a Fax > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the machine to print the date and time of receipt at the top of each incoming fax page. Make sure you have set the current date and time on the machine.
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Fax Rx Stamp]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
(or
[Off]
). Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Fax Rx Stamp]
.
2. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
3. Press .
Related Information
•
222
> Receive a Fax > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your Brother machine and the other party is also speaking on a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax before you both hang up.
• Your machine's ADF must be empty.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
3. Press d
to receive the fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. Press to display the
[Fax Start]
button.
3. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press
[Fax Start]
.
4. Press
[Receive]
to receive the fax.
5. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
•
223
> Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
• Fax Forwarding (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
• Fax Storage (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
• PC-Fax Receive
• Forward to Cloud (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
The machine forwards your received faxes to the online services.
• Off
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
•
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
•
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
•
•
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
224
Memory Receive Options > Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Memory Receive]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[Fax Forward]
option, and then press it.
3. Enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad.
Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Backup Print: On]
or
[Backup Print: Off]
.
• If you select
[Backup Print: On]
, the machine prints received faxes at your machine so you will have a copy.
• (MFC-J895DW)
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On]
.
• If you receive a color fax, your machine only prints the color fax and does not forward it to the Fax
Forwarding number you programmed.
5. Press .
Related Information
•
225
Memory Receive Options > Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your machine prints a backup copy of each stored fax.
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Memory Receive]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[Fax Storage]
option, and then press it.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
226
Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows only)
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature, automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes. When you receive a color fax, your machine prints the color fax but does not send the fax to your computer.
• Before you can set up PC-Fax Receive, you must install the Brother software and drivers on your computer. Make sure your computer is connected and turned on. You must have the PC-FAX Receiving software running on your computer.
Even if your computer is turned off, your machine will receive and store faxes in its memory. When you start your computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers faxes to your computer automatically.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[PC Fax Receive]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
. Press
OK
.
The LCD displays the message
[Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.]
.
e. Press c
.
f. Select
[<USB>]
or the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network. Press
OK
.
g. Select
[Backup Print: On]
or
[Backup Print: Off]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[PC Fax Receive]
.
2. Press
[On]
.
The touchscreen displays the message
[Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.]
3. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[<USB>]
or press the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network. Press
[OK]
.
5. Press
[Backup Print: On]
or
[Backup Print: Off]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On]
.
6. Press .
227
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
Related Information
•
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
228
Memory Receive Options > Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If there are faxes in your machine's memory when you change any Memory Receive option, the LCD displays one of the following questions:
•
If received faxes have already been printed, the touchscreen displays
[Erase all faxes?]
If you press
[Yes]
, faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
If you press
[No]
, faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
•
If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the touchscreen displays
[Print all faxes?]
If you press
[Yes]
, faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
If you press
[No]
, faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
• If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to
[PC Fax Receive]
from another option (
[Fax Forward]
, (USA and Canada only),
[Forward to Cloud]
, or
[Fax Storage]
), press
[<USB>]
or the name of the computer if you are on a network, and then press
[OK]
. You will be asked if you want to turn on Backup Print.
The touchscreen displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
If you press
[Yes]
, faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
If you press
[No]
, faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
Related Information
•
•
229
Memory Receive Options > Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Memory Receive]
.
2. Press
[Off]
.
The touchscreen displays
[Print all faxes?]
or
[Erase all faxes?]
if received faxes are in your machine's memory.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
230
Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
• After you print the fax, it is erased from the machine's memory.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If you turn on
[PC Fax Receive]
, your machine will receive and store your faxes in its memory even when your PC is turned off.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Print Fax]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If you select
[Fax Storage]
, you can print all faxes from the memory.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Print Fax]
.
You can also print the faxes from the memory by pressing
[Stored Faxes]
on the touchscreen.
2. Press
[Yes]
.
Related Information
•
•
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
231
> Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
•
•
•
•
•
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
232
> Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your Brother machine even when you are away from it.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Remote Access]
.
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers
[0]
through
[9]
,
[*]
, or
[#]
using the dial pad (The preset '*' cannot be changed).
Press
[OK]
.
• DO NOT use the same code used for Fax Receive Code (*51) or Telephone Answer Code (#51).
• To delete your code, press and hold to restore the inactive setting (- - - *), and then press
[OK]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
233
> Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. When away from your Brother machine, dial your fax number from a touch-tone telephone or fax machine.
2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your three-digit Remote Access Code, followed by *.
3. Your Brother machine signals if it has received faxes:
• One long beep - the machine received at least one fax
• No beeps - the machine has not received a fax
4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command.
• The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command.
• The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command.
5. When finished, press 9, and then press 0 to deactivate your machine.
6. Hang up.
This feature may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
•
•
234
> Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your
Brother machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the system will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the options (column 2) for that command.
Options Operation details Remote commands
95 Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax
Storage settings
1 OFF
2 Fax Forwarding
4 Fax Forwarding number
6 Fax Storage
You can select
Off
after you retrieve or erase all your messages.
One long beep means the change is accepted. If you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a change because something has not been set up
(for example, a Fax Forwarding number has not been registered). You can register your Fax
Forwarding number by entering 4. After you register the number, Fax Forwarding will work.
96 Retrieve a fax
2 Retrieve all faxes
3 Erase faxes from memory
Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to receive stored fax messages.
If you hear one long beep, fax messages have been erased from memory.
97 Check the receiving status
1 Fax Check whether your machine has received any faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not, you will hear three short beeps.
98
90
Change the Receive Mode
1 External TAD
2 Fax/Tel
3 Fax Only
Exit
One long beep means the change has been accepted.
Press
9 0
to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long beep, then hang up.
Related Information
•
•
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
•
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
235
> Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Call your Brother machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another machine.
• You must turn on Fax Storage (USA and Canada only), or Fax Preview (MFC-J895DW) before you use this feature.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2.
4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the fax number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine where you want your fax messages sent, followed by # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Hang up after you hear one long beep. Your Brother machine will forward any incoming faxes to the fax number you entered. The other fax machine will then print your fax messages.
Related Information
•
•
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•
236
> Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4.
4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when finished.
6. Hang up after you hear one long beep.
Related Information
•
•
237
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•
•
•
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
•
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
238
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations
Voice Operations
•
•
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
•
239
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Voice Operations > Send Tone Signals
Send Tone Signals
If you have a Pulse dialing service, but must send Tone signals (for example, for telephone banking), follow these steps. If you have a Touch Tone service, you will not need this feature to send tone signals.
This feature is available only in Canada.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Hook
.
2. Press # on the machine’s control panel. Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialing service.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
.
(MFC-J895DW)
If
[Fax Preview]
is set to
[On]
, press
[Fax]
>
[Sending Faxes]
.
2. Press
[Hook]
.
3. Press # on the machine’s control panel. Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialing service.
Related Information
•
240
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (pseudo/double-ringing) to alert you to pick up a voice call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press
Hook
button or
[Pickup]
button to answer.
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring and then press #51 between the pseudo/double rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the machine by pressing *51.
Related Information
•
241
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Voice Operations > Special Line Considerations
Special Line Considerations
•
•
•
Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
•
Install Your Brother Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line Telephone
242
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Considerations > Rollover Telephone Lines
Rollover Telephone Lines
A rollover telephone system is a group of two or more separate telephone lines that pass incoming calls to each other if they are busy.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
The calls are usually passed down or 'rolled over' to the next available telephone line in a preset order.
Your machine can work in a rollover system only if it is the last number in the sequence, so the call cannot roll away. Do not place the machine on any of the other numbers; when the other lines are busy and a second fax call is received, the fax call would be transferred to a line that does not have a fax machine.
Your machine will work best on a dedicated line.
Related Information
•
243
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Considerations > Two-Line Telephone System
Two-Line Telephone System
A two-line telephone system is nothing more than two separate telephone numbers on the same wall outlet.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
The two telephone numbers can be on separate jacks (RJ11) or combined into one jack (RJ14). Your machine must be plugged into an RJ11 jack. RJ11 and RJ14 jacks may be equal in size and appearance and both may contain four wires (black, red, green, yellow). To test the type of jack, plug in a two-line telephone and see if it can access both lines. If it can, you must separate the line for your machine.
Related Information
•
244
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Considerations > Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
Convert Telephone Wall Outlets
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
There are three ways to convert to an RJ11 jack. The first two ways may require assistance from the telephone company. You can change the wall outlets from one RJ14 jack to two RJ11 jacks. Or, you can have an RJ11 wall outlet installed and slave or jump one of the telephone numbers to it.
The third way is the easiest: Buy a triplex adapter. You can plug a triplex adapter into an RJ14 outlet. It separates the wires into two separate RJ11 jacks (Line 1, Line 2) and a third RJ14 jack (Lines 1 and 2). If your machine is on Line 1, plug the machine into L1 of the triplex adapter. If your machine is on Line 2, plug it into L2 of the triplex adapter.
Triplex adapter
Related Information
•
245
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Considerations > Install Your Brother Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line Telephone
Install Your Brother Machine, an External Two-Line TAD and Two-Line
Telephone
When you are installing an external two-line telephone answering device (TAD) and a two-line telephone, your machine must be isolated on one line at both the wall jack and at the TAD.
• This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
• The most common connection is to place the machine on Line 2, which is explained in the following steps.
The back of the two-line TAD must have two telephone jacks: one labeled L1 or L1/L2, and the other labeled L2. You will need at least three telephone line cords, the one that came with your machine and two for your external two-line TAD. You will need a fourth line cord if you add a two-line telephone.
1. Place the two-line TAD and the two-line telephone next to your machine.
2. Plug one end of the telephone line cord for your machine into the L2 jack of the triplex adapter. Plug the other end into the LINE jack of the machine.
3. Plug one end of the first telephone line cord for your TAD into the L1 jack of the triplex adapter. Plug the other end into the L1 or L1/L2 jack of the two-line TAD.
4. Plug one end of the second telephone line cord for your TAD into the L2 jack of the two-line TAD. Plug the other end into the EXT. jack of the machine.
a. Triplex Adapter b. Two Line Telephone c. External Two Line TAD d. Machine
You can keep two-line telephones on other wall outlets as always. There are ways to add a two-line telephone to the machine's wall outlet. You can plug the telephone line cord from the two-line telephone into the L1+L2 jack of the triplex adapter. Or, you can plug the two-line telephone into the TEL jack of the two-line TAD.
Related Information
•
246
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers
Store Fax Numbers
•
•
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
•
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
•
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
247
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
You can store up to 40 two-digit Speed Dial codes, and each code has a name.
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a
or b
to select
[Set Speed Dial]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select the two-digit Speed Dial code where you want to store the number. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Name]
. Press
OK
.
c. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Fax/Tel]
. Press
OK
.
e. Enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits). Press
OK
.
• Press
Redial/Pause
to insert a pause between numbers. You can press
Redial/Pause
as many times as needed to increase the length of the pause.
f. Select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
To store another Speed Dial code, repeat these steps.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
.
2. Do the following steps: a. Press
[Edit]
>
[Add New Address]
>
[Name]
.
b. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
c. Press
[Address 1]
.
d. Enter the first fax telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
• Press
[Pause]
to insert a pause between numbers. You can press
[Pause]
as many times as needed to increase the length of the pause.
e. To store the second fax or telephone number, press
[Address 2]
. Enter the second fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
f. Press
[OK]
to confirm.
To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
•
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
248
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
You can store Address Book numbers from the Outgoing Call history.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (
FAX
).
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Call History]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Outgoing Call]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select the number you want to store. Press
OK
.
d. Press d
to select
[Edit]
.
e. Select
[Add to Address Book]
. Press
OK
.
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, select
[Delete]
and then press
OK
. Press c
[Yes]
to confirm.
f. Select
[Name]
. Press
OK
.
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press
OK
.
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i. Select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Call History]
>
[Outgoing Call]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press
[Edit]
>
[Add to Address Book]
>
[Name]
.
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, press
[Edit]
>
[Delete]
. Press
[Yes]
to confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press
[Address 2]
. Enter the second fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[OK]
to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
249
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
If you have a Caller ID subscriber service from your telephone company, you can store Address Book numbers from incoming calls in the Caller ID history.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (
FAX
).
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Call History]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Caller ID History]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select the number you want to store. Press
OK
.
d. Press d
to select
[Edit]
.
e. Select
[Add to Address Book]
. Press
OK
.
To delete the number from the Caller ID history list, select
[Delete]
and then press
OK
. Press c [Yes]
to confirm.
f. Select
[Name]
. Press
OK
.
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press
OK
.
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i. Select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Call History]
>
[Caller ID History]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the name or number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press
[Edit]
>
[Add to Address Book]
>
[Name]
.
To delete the number from the Caller ID history list, press
[Edit]
>
[Delete]
. Press
[Yes]
to confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press
[Address 2]
. Enter the second fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[OK]
to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
250
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the number, press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Change]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the Speed Dial name where you want to change the number. Press
OK
.
Do the following steps: a. To change the name, press a
or b
to select
[Name]
, and then press
OK
. Press a
, b
, d
or c
to re-enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the keyboard on the LCD and select
[OK]
. Press
OK
.
b. To change the fax or telephone number, press a
or b
to select
[Fax/Tel]
, and then press
OK
. Press a
, b
, d
or c
to re-enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the keyboard on the LCD and select
[OK]
. Press
OK
.
Press a
or b
to select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
• To delete the number, press a
or b
to select
[Delete]
. Press
OK
.
Do the following steps: a. Press a
or b
to select the Speed Dial name where you want to delete the number.
b. Press d
or c
to select the check box labeled with the Speed Dial name. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
>
[Edit]
.
2. Do one of the following:
• Press
[Change]
to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Press a
or b
to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
To change the name, press
[Name]
. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
To change the first fax or telephone number, press
[Address 1]
. Enter the new fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
To change the second fax or telephone number, press
[Address 2]
. Enter the new fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
Press
[OK]
to finish.
To change a character, press d
or c
to position the cursor to highlight the character you want to change, and then press . Enter the new character.
• To delete numbers, press a
or b
to display
[Delete]
, and then press it.
Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display check marks, and then press
[OK]
.
3. Press .
251
Related Information
•
252
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
A Group, which can be stored in the Address Book, allows you to send the same fax message to many fax numbers.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up a Speed Dial number. You can store up to six Groups, or you can assign up to 39 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Setup Groups]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the two-digit Speed Dial number you want to assign to the Group. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Name]
and press
OK
.
d. Enter the new Group's name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press
OK
.
e. To add numbers to the Group, repeat the following steps: i. Select
[Add/Delete]
. Press
OK
.
ii. Select
[Alphabetical Order]
or
[Numerical Order]
. Press
OK
.
iii. Press a
or b
to select a number from the list.
iv. Press d
or c
to select the check box labeled with the Speed Dial number. Press
OK
.
3. Select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number. You can store up to six Groups, or you can assign up to 198 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
.
2. Do the following steps: a. Press
[Edit]
>
[Setup Groups]
>
[Name]
.
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
c. Press
[Add/Delete]
.
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a checkmark. Press
[OK]
.
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have selected, and then press
[OK]
to save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
253
•
•
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•
254
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
> Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Change]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the Group to change. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Name]
and then press
OK
. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad and then press
OK
.
To change a character in the Group name, press a
, b
, d
or c
to select or to move the cursor under the incorrect character. Then press a
, b
, d
or c
to select enter the correct letter.
. Press
OK
several times
, and press
OK
. Re-
3. Select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
>
[Edit]
>
[Change]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press
[Name]
.
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
To change a character, press d
or c
to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then press .
Enter the new character.
5. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press .
Related Information
•
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
255
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
> Delete a
Broadcasting Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a
or b
to select
[Delete]
. Press
OK
.
3. Do the following steps: a. Press a
or b
to select the Group you want to delete.
b. Press d
or c
to select the check box labeled with the Group name. Press
OK
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
>
[Edit]
>
[Delete]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the Group you want to delete, and then press it.
3. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
256
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
> Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Change]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the Group you want to change. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Add/Delete]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Alphabetical Order]
or
[Numerical Order]
. Press
OK
.
3. Do one of the following:
• To add a member using his Speed Dial number, press a
or b
to select the Speed Dial number, and then press d
or c
to select the check box labeled with the Group name.
• To delete a member using his Speed Dial number, press a
or b
to select the Speed Dial number, and then press d
or c
to remove the check box labeled with the Group name.
Repeat this step until you have added or deleted all the fax numbers you want.
4. Press
OK
.
5. Select
[OK]
and then press
OK
.
6. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
>
[Edit]
>
[Change]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press a
or b
to display
[Add/Delete]
, and then press it.
4. Press a
or b
to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
• To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
• To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press
[OK]
.
7. Press
[OK]
.
8. Press .
Related Information
•
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
257
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
Dial Access Codes and Credit Card Numbers
Sometimes you may want to choose from several long-distance carriers when you send a fax. Rates may vary depending on the time and destination. To take advantage of low rates, you can store the access codes of longdistance carriers and credit card numbers as Address Book numbers.
You can store these long dialing sequences by dividing them and setting them up as separate Address Book numbers in any combination. You can even include manual dialing.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
For example: you might have stored ‘555’ on Address Book: Brother 1 (#03) and ‘7000’ on Address Book:
Brother 2 (#02). You can use them both to dial ‘555-7000’ if you press the following:
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a
or b
to select
[Search]
and then press
OK
.
3. Enter 03 (the two-digit Speed Dial number of Brother 1) using the dial pad.
4. Press a
or b
to select
[Address Book]
, and then press
OK
.
5. Read and review the message on the LCD, and then press c
.
6. Press a
or b
to select
[Search]
and then press
OK
.
7. Enter 02 (the two-digit Speed Dial number of Brother 2) using the dial pad.
8. Press
Black Start
or
Color Start
.
You will dial '555-7000'.
To temporarily change a number, you can substitute part of the number by using the dial pad. For example, to change the number to '555-7001', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 555) using Address Book, and then press 7001 using the dial pad.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialing sequence, create a pause in the number by pressing
Redial/Pause
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
For example: you might have stored ‘555’ on Address Book: Brother 1 and ‘7000’ on Address Book: Brother 2.
You can use them both to dial ‘555-7000’ if you press the following:
1. Press
[Fax]
>
[Address Book]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the number of Brother 1.
3. Press the number.
4. Press
[Apply]
.
5. Press
[Options]
.
6. Press a
or b
to display the
[Address Book]
option, and then press it.
7. Read and review the message on the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
8. Press a
or b
to display the number of Brother 2.
9. Press the number.
10. Press
[Apply]
.
11. Press
[Fax Start]
.
You will dial '555-7000'.
258
To change a number temporarily, you can substitute part of the number by pressing it using the touchscreen. For example, to change the number to '555-7001', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 555) using Address Book, press
[Apply]
, and then press 7001 using the touchscreen.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialing sequence, create a pause in the number by pressing
[Pause]
.
Related Information
•
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•
259
> Telephone Services and External Devices
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
•
•
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
•
External and Extension Telephones
260
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Voice Mail
Voice Mail
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
If you have Voice Mail on the same telephone line as your Brother machine, Voice Mail and the Brother machine will conflict with each other when receiving incoming calls.
For example, if your Voice Mail is set to answer after four rings and your Brother machine is set to answer after two rings, then your Brother machine will answer first. This will prevent callers from being able to leave a message in your Voice Mail.
Similarly, if your Brother machine is set to answer after four rings and your Voice Mail is set to answer after two rings, then your Voice Mail will answer first. This will prevent your Brother machine from being able to receive an incoming fax, since Voice Mail cannot transfer the incoming fax back to the Brother machine.
To avoid conflicts between your Brother machine and your Voice Mail service, do one of the following:
• Get the Distinctive Ring service from your telephone company. Distinctive Ring is a feature of your Brother machine that allows a person with one line to receive fax and voice calls through two different telephone numbers on that one line.
Brother uses the term ’Distinctive Ring,’ but telephone companies market the service under a variety of names, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring, Smart Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-
Call, Teen Ring, and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number Ringing. This service establishes a second telephone number on the same line as your existing telephone number, and each number has its own ring pattern. Typically, the original number rings with the standard ring pattern and is used for receiving voice calls, and the second number rings with a different ring pattern and is used for receiving faxes.
• Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to "Manual". Manual Mode requires you answer every incoming call if you want to be able to receive a fax. If the incoming call is a telephone call, then complete the call as you normally would. If you hear fax sending tones you must transfer the call to the Brother machine.
Unanswered fax and voice calls will go to your Voice Mail.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
261
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Distinctive Ring
Distinctive Ring
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
Distinctive Ring is a function of your Brother machine that allows a person with one line to receive fax and voice calls through two different phone numbers on that one line. Brother uses the term "Distinctive Ring," but telephone companies market the service under a variety of names, such as Custom Ringing, Personalized Ring,
Smart Ring, Ident-A-Ring, Ident-A-Call, Data Ident-A-Call, Teen Ring, and SimpleBiz Fax & Alternate Number
Ringing. This service establishes a second telephone number on the same line as your existing telephone number, and each number has its own ring pattern. Typically, the original number rings with the standard ring pattern and is used for receiving voice calls, and the second number rings with a different ring pattern and is used for receiving faxes.
• You must pay for your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service before you program the machine to work with it.
• Contact your telephone company for availability and rates.
What does your telephone company’s ‘Distinctive Ring’ do?
Your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service allows you to have more than one number on the same telephone line.
If you need more than one telephone number, it is cheaper than paying for an extra line.
Each telephone number has its own distinctive ring pattern, so you will know which telephone number is ringing.
This is one way to have a separate telephone number for your machine.
Contact your telephone company for availability and rates.
What does Brother’s ‘Distinctive Ring’ do?
The Brother machine has a Distinctive Ring feature that allows you to use your machine to take full advantage of the telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service. The new telephone number on your line can only receive faxes.
You must pay for your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service before you program the machine to work with it.
Do you have Voice Mail?
If you have Voice Mail on the telephone line where you will install your new machine, there is a strong possibility that Voice Mail and the machine will conflict with each other while receiving incoming calls.
However, the
Distinctive Ring feature allows you to use more than one number on your line, so both Voice Mail and the machine can work together without any problems.
If each one has a separate telephone number, neither will interfere with the other’s operations.
If you decide to get the Distinctive Ring service from the telephone company, you must register the new
Distinctive Ring pattern they give you. This is so your machine can recognize its incoming calls.
You can change or cancel the Distinctive Ring pattern at any time. You can switch it off temporarily, and turn it back on later. When you get a new fax number, make sure you reset this feature.
Before you choose the ring pattern to register
You can register only one Distinctive Ring pattern with the machine. Some ring patterns cannot be registered.
The ring patterns below are supported by your Brother machine. Register the one your telephone company gives you.
Ring Pattern
1
Rings
short-short or long-long
2 short-long-short
262
Ring Pattern
3
4
Rings
short-short-long very long
(normal pattern)
• Ring Pattern #1 is often called Short-Short and is the most commonly used.
• If the ring pattern you received is not on this chart,
contact your telephone company and ask for one that is shown
.
• The machine will answer only calls to its registered number.
• The first two rings are silent on the machine. This is because the fax must <<listen>> to the ring pattern (to compare it to the pattern that was ‘registered’). (Other telephones on the same line will ring.)
• If you program the machine correctly, it will recognize the registered ring pattern of the ‘fax number’ within two ring patterns and then answer with a fax tone. When the ‘voice number’ is called, the machine will not answer.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
•
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
•
263
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
> Register the Distinctive Ring
Pattern
Register the Distinctive Ring Pattern
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
After you set the Distinctive Ring feature to
[On]
, your Distinctive Ring number will receive faxes automatically.
The receive mode is set to
[Manual]
automatically and you cannot change it to another receive mode while
Distinctive Ring is set to
[On]
. This ensures the Brother machine will answer only the Distinctive Ring number and not interfere when your main telephone number is called.
When Distinctive Ring is on, the LCD will show
[D/R]
as the Receive Mode.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Miscellaneous]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Distinctive]
. Press
OK
.
3. Do one of the following:
• If you have not registered Distinctive Ring, press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Distinctive]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[On]
. Press
OK
.
• If you have already registered Distinctive Ring, and want to change the pattern, go to the next step.
4. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Ring Pattern]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the stored ring pattern you want. (You will hear each pattern as you select it. Make sure you select the pattern that the telephone company gave you.) Press
OK
.
5. Press
Stop/Exit
.
Distinctive Ring is now set to
[On]
.
If you do not want to receive faxes on your Distinctive Ring number, you can turn off Distinctive Ring. The machine will stay in
[Manual]
receive mode so you must set the Receive Mode again.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[Distinctive]
.
2. Do one of the following:
• If you have not registered Distinctive Ring, press
[Distinctive]
, and then press
[On]
.
• If you have already registered Distinctive Ring, and want to change the pattern, go to the next step.
3. Press
[Ring Pattern]
.
4. Press the stored ring pattern you want. (You will hear each pattern as you press the four buttons. Make sure you select the pattern that the telephone company gave you.) Press
[OK]
.
5. Press .
Distinctive Ring is now set to
[On]
.
264
If you do not want to receive faxes on your Distinctive Ring number, you can turn off Distinctive Ring. The machine will stay in
[Manual]
receive mode so you must set the Receive Mode again.
Related Information
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
265
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
> Turn off Distinctive Ring
Turn off Distinctive Ring
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Miscellaneous]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Distinctive]
. Press
OK
.
You can see the current setting.
d. Select
[Distinctive]
. Press
OK
.
e. Select
[Off]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
When you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in
[Manual]
mode. You must set the Receive Mode again.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[Distinctive]
>
[Distinctive]
.
2. Press
[Off]
.
3. Press .
When you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in
[Manual]
mode. You must set the Receive Mode again.
Related Information
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
266
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID
Caller ID
The Caller ID feature lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local telephone companies.
This service displays the telephone number, or name if it is available, of your caller as the line rings.
• The
[# Unavailable]
message means the call originated outside your Caller ID service area.
• The
[Private Call]
message means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of Caller ID information.
Call your telephone company for more information.
Once you answer a call, the Caller ID information disappears from the LCD and is stored in Caller ID memory.
View the list or select a number and fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it from the history.
You can print a list of the Caller ID information received by your machine.
• This feature is not available in some countries.
• This feature may not be available in certain areas of the USA and Canada.
• The Caller ID service varies with different carriers. Contact your local telephone company to learn if the service is available in your area.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
267
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
> Set up Your Area Code
Set up Your Area Code
When returning calls from the Caller ID history, your machine will dial "1" plus the area code. If your local dialing plan requires that the "1" not be used for calls within your area code, enter your area code in this setting.
This feature is available only in the USA.
Calls returned from the Caller ID history to numbers
within
your area code will be dialed using only 10 digits
(area code + seven-digit number). If your dialing plan does not follow the standard 1 + area code + seven-digit number dialing system for calling
outside
your area code, you may experience problems returning calls from the
Caller ID history and will not be able to return calls to those numbers using Caller ID history.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Miscellaneous]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Area Code]
. Press
OK
.
3. Enter your Area Code (three-digit number), and press
OK
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[Area Code]
.
2. Enter your Area Code (three-digit number), and press
[OK]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
268
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone
Line Interference)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection instead of a traditional telephone line. Telephone providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
Your machine may not work with some VoIP systems. To use your machine to send and receive faxes on a VoIP system, connect one end of your telephone cord to the jack labeled LINE on your machine. Connect the other end of the telephone cord to a modem, interface box, phone adapter, splitter, or other such device.
If you have questions about how to connect your machine to the VoIP system, contact your VoIP provider.
After you have connected your machine to the VoIP system, press the Hook button to verify the machine has a dial tone. If the machine does not have a dial tone, call your VoIP provider.
If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes over a VoIP system, we recommend changing the machine’s modem speed to the
[Basic(for VoIP)]
setting.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
269
> Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice message and the LCD will show
[Telephone]
.
The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
Unless you are using Distinctive Ring, the TAD must be connected to the EXT. jack of the machine.
•
If you subscribe to your telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service:
You may connect an external TAD to a separate wall jack only if you subscribe to your telephone company’s
Distinctive Ring service, have registered the distinctive ring pattern on your machine, and use that number as a fax number. The recommended setting is at least four rings on the external TAD when you have the telephone company’s Distinctive Ring service. You cannot use the Toll Saver setting.
•
If You Do Not Subscribe to the Distinctive Ring Service:
You must plug your TAD into the EXT. jack of your machine. If your TAD is plugged into a wall jack, both your machine and the TAD will try to control the telephone line. (See the illustration.)
1
1
2
1 TAD
2 Protective Cap
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
•
270
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External TAD (Telephone Answering
> Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
The external TAD must be plugged into the jack labeled EXT. Your machine cannot work correctly if you plug the
TAD into a wall jack (unless you are using Distinctive Ring).
1. Plug the telephone line cord from the telephone wall jack into the jack labeled LINE.
2. Remove the protective cap (1) from the jack labeled EXT., and then plug the telephone line cord from your external TAD into the EXT. jack.
Make sure this cord is connected to the TAD at the TAD's telephone line jack, and not its handset jack.
1
3. Set your external TAD to the minimum number of rings allowed. For more information, contact your telephone provider. (The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
4. Record the outgoing message on your external TAD.
5. Set the TAD to answer calls.
6. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to
[External TAD]
.
Related Information
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
271
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External TAD (Telephone Answering
> Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
1. Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for fax tones.
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial five second silence because the machine cannot hear fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Fax Receive Code for people sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
Related Information
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
272
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External TAD (Telephone Answering
> Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to
[Manual]
.
We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX.
Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
273
> Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones
External and Extension Telephones
•
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
•
274
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
Connect the telephone line cord to the jack labeled EXT.
Before you connect an external telephone, remove the protective cap (3) from the EXT. jack on the machine.
1
2
3
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
3 Protective Cap
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
275
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Use extension telephones
If you answer a fax call at an extension telephone, you can make your machine receive the fax by pressing the
Fax Receive Code
*51
.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an extension telephone by pressing the Telephone Answer Code
#51
.
Use an external telephone (Connected to the EXT. jack of the machine)
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone connected to the EXT. jack of the machine, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the Start button and selecting the option to receive.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the external telephone by pressing
[Pickup]
or by pressing
Hook
.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press
*51
and wait for the chirp or until the LCD shows
[Receiving]
, and then hang up.
You can also use the Easy Receive feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
•
•
•
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
276
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Use a
Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
If your non-Brother cordless telephone is connected to the EXT. jack of the machine and you typically carry the cordless handset elsewhere, it is easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay.
If you let the machine answer first, you must go to the machine so you can press
[Pickup]
or press
Hook
to transfer the call to the cordless handset.
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
277
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Fax Receive Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing the Fax
Receive Code
*51
. Wait for the chirping sounds then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the
Start button and then selecting the option to receive.
Telephone Answer Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) after the initial Ring Delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by pressing
#51
(make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the external telephone by pressing
[Pickup]
or by pressing
Hook
.
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
•
•
•
278
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones >
Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
The preset Fax Receive Code is
*51
. The preset Telephone Answer Code is
#51
. If you are always disconnected when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes, for example to ### and
999.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Setup Receive]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Remote Codes]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Remote Codes]
again. Press
OK
.
e. Select
[On]
. Press
OK
.
3. Do one of the following:
• To change the Fax Receive Code, press a
or b
to select
[Fax Receive Code]
and then press
OK
.
Enter the new code. Press
OK
.
• To change the Telephone Answer Code, press a
or b
to select
[Tel Answer]
and then press
OK
. Enter the new code. Press
OK
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Setup Receive]
>
[Remote Codes]
.
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the Fax Receive Code, press
[Fax Receive Code]
. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK]
.
• To change the Telephone Answer Code, press
[Tel Answer]
. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK]
.
• If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
• To turn the Remote Codes
[Off]
(or
[On]
), press
[Remote Codes]
. Press
[Off]
(or
[On]
).
3. Press .
Related Information
•
279
> Fax Reports
Fax Reports
•
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
•
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
•
280
> Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent, and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
Option
On
Description
Prints a report after every fax you send.
On (+Image) Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only
Error only (+Image) Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off The report will not be printed.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Report Setting]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Transmission]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select the option you want. Press
OK
.
If you select
[On (+Image)]
or
[Error only (+Image)]
, the image will not appear on the
Transmission Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to
[On]
. The image will not appear on the report when you send a color fax.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
If the transmission is successful,
[OK]
appears next to
[RESULT]
on the Transmission Verification Report. If the transmission is not successful,
[NG]
appears next to
[RESULT]
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Report Setting]
>
[Transmission]
.
2. Press the option you want.
If you select
[On (+Image)]
or
[Error only (+Image)]
, the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to
[On]
. The image will not appear on the report when you send a color fax.
3. Press .
If the transmission is successful,
[OK]
appears next to
[RESULT]
on the Transmission Verification Report. If the transmission is not successful,
[NG]
appears next to
[RESULT]
.
Related Information
•
281
> Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7 days).
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
When using the Auto Power Off feature and the machine powers off before the chosen Interval Period, the machine will print a Fax Journal report, and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Report Setting]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Journal Period]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Journal Period]
once again. Press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select an interval. Press
OK
.
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press a
or b
to select
[Time]
and then press
OK
. Enter the time of day using the dial pad. Press
OK
.
Enter the time in the same time format as your machine's date and time setting. (12-hour format or 24-hour format)
5. If you selected
[Every 7 Days]
, press a
or b
to select
[Day]
and then press
OK
. Press a
or b
to select the first day of the seven-day countdown. Press
OK
.
6. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Report Setting]
>
[Journal Period]
.
2. Press
[Journal Period]
.
3. Press a
or b
to select an interval.
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
282
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press
[Time]
and enter the time of day using the touchscreen.
Press
[OK]
.
5. If you selected
[Every 7 Days]
, press
[Day]
. Press a
or b
to display the
[Every Monday]
,
[Every
Tuesday]
,
[Every Wednesday]
,
[Every Thursday]
,
[Every Friday]
,
[Every Saturday]
or
[Every Sunday]
option, and then press the first day of the seven-day countdown.
6. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
283
> PC-FAX
PC-FAX
•
•
284
> PC-FAX for Windows
PC-FAX for Windows
•
•
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
•
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
285
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
Reduce paper consumption and save time by using Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your machine.
•
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
286
> Configure PC-FAX
(Windows)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalize the send options in each tab of the
PC-FAX Setup
dialog box.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Setup Sending
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Setup Sending
.
The
PC-FAX Setup
dialog box appears.
2. Do one of the following:
• Click the
User Information
tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft account can have its own customized
User Information
screen for custom fax headers and cover pages.
• Click the
Sending
tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access
field. Select the
Include header
check box to include the header information.
• Click the
Address Book
tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book
drop-down list.
3. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
287
> Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalize your Brother
Address Book
.
•
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
288
Address Book (Windows) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using Brother
PC-Fax software.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
The
Address Book
dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The
Address Book Member Setup
dialog box appears.
289
3. Type the member's information in the corresponding fields. Only the
Name
field is required.
4. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
290
Address Book (Windows) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
The
Address Book
dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The
Address Book Group Setup
dialog box appears.
291
3. Type the name of the new group in the
Group Name
field.
4. In the
Available Names
field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click
Add >>
.
Members added to the group appear in the
Group Members
box.
5. When finished, click
OK
.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
292
Address Book (Windows) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
The
Address Book
dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to edit.
3. Click (
Properties
).
4. Change the member or group information.
5. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
293
Address Book (Windows) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
The
Address Book
dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to delete.
3. Click (
Delete
).
4. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
294
Address Book (Windows) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv), a vCard (an electronic business card), or
Remote
Setup Dial Data
and save it on your computer.
• You cannot export the group settings when you export the
Address Book
data.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
The
Address Book
dialog box appears.
2. Click the
File
menu, and then select
Export
.
3. Select one of the following:
•
Text
The
Select Items
dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
•
vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the
File name
field, and then click
Save
.
•
Remote Setup Dial Data
Browse to the folder where you want to save the data, type the file name in the
File name
field, and then click
Save
.
4. In the
Available Items
field, select the data you want to export, and then click
Add >>
.
295
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
5. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the
Divide Character
section, select the
Tab
or
Comma
option to separate the data fields.
6. Click
OK
.
7. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save
.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
296
Address Book (Windows) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv), vCards (electronic business cards), or
Remote Setup Dial Data
into your
Address Book.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Address Book (Send)
.
The
Address Book
dialog box appears.
2. Click the
File
menu, and then select
Import
.
3. Select one of the following:
•
Text
The
Select Items
dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
•
vCard
Go to step 7.
•
Remote Setup Dial Data
Go to step 7.
4. In the
Available Items
field, select the data you want to import, and then click
Add >>
.
297
You must select and add fields from the
Available Items
list in the same order they are listed in the import text file.
5. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the
Divide Character
section, select the
Tab
or
Comma
option to separate the data fields.
6. Click
OK
.
7. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click
Open
.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
298
> Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
PC-FAX supports only black and white faxes. A black and white fax will be sent even if the original data is color and the receiving fax machine supports color faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select
Brother PC-FAX
as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The
Brother PC-FAX
dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
• Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click
Add Send Address
.
If you select the
Dial Restriction
check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
• Click the
Address Book
button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click
All Clear
to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the
Add Cover Page
check box. You can also click to create or edit a cover page.
6. Click
Start
to send the fax.
• To cancel the fax, click
Cancel
.
• To redial a number, click
Redial
to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click
Start
.
Related Information
•
299
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to receive faxes on your computer, screen them and print only those faxes you want.
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
300
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
> Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Brother's PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed when you install the Brother software and drivers and works on locally or network-connected machines.
• PC-FAX Receive supports only black and white faxes. When you receive a color fax, your machine prints the color fax at your machine but does not send the fax to your computer.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your Brother machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup
Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your Brother machine.
Related Information
•
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
•
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
•
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
301
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
We recommend selecting the
Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup
check box so that the software runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Receive
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Receive
.
2. Confirm the message and click
Yes
.
The
PC-FAX Receive
window appears. The (
PC-FAX Receive
) icon also appears in your computer task tray.
Related Information
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
•
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
•
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
302
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) >
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
>
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
1. Double-click the (
PC-FAX Receive
) icon in your computer task tray.
The
PC-FAX Receive
window appears.
2. Click
Settings
.
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the SharePoint server and select the option to upload automatically or manually
(available only for Administrators).
Device
Select the Brother machine that you want to receive PC-FAX.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
303
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) >
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
>
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
• If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the (
PC-FAX Receive
) icon in your computer task tray.
The
PC-FAX Receive
window appears.
2. Click
Settings
.
3. Click
Device
>
Add
.
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
Connected Brother machines will be displayed. Select a device from the list. Click
OK
.
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the
IP Address
field, and then click
OK
.
304
5. To change the computer name that will appear on the machine's LCD, type the new name in the
Enter your
PC display name (Max 15 Characters)
field.
6. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
305
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Receiving Status
Icon Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the (
PC-FAX Receive
) icon in your computer task tray.
The
PC-FAX Receive
window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, click in the right top corner of the window to close it.
Even after closing the window, PC-FAX Receive is active and the (
PC-FAX Receive
) icon will remain in your computer task tray. To close PC-FAX Receive, click the icon in the computer task tray and click
Close
.
306
Related Information
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
307
> PC-FAX for Mac
PC-FAX for Mac
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your Mac without printing them. This feature helps reduce your paper consumption and save time.
•
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
308
> Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
PC-FAX supports only black and white faxes. A black and white fax will be sent even if the original data is color and the receiving fax machine supports color faxes.
1. Create a document in a Mac application.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the
File
menu, and then select
.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the
Send Fax
option.
4. Click the
Output
pop-up menu, and then select the
Facsimile
option.
5. Type a fax number in the
Input Fax Number
field, and then click
Add
.
The fax number is displayed in the
Destination Fax Numbers
field.
309
To send a fax to more than one number, click the
Add
button after entering the first fax number and type the next fax number. The destination fax numbers will be listed in the
Destination Fax Numbers
field.
6. Click
to send the fax.
Related Information
•
310
PhotoCapture Center
•
Print Photos Directly from Media
•
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
•
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
311
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from Media
Print Photos Directly from Media
When your machine is
not
connected to your computer, you can print photos directly from digital camera media or a USB Flash memory drive, scan documents and save them directly to a memory card or USB flash drive.
When your machine is connected to a computer, you can use your computer to access a memory card or USB flash drive inserted in the front of the machine.
•
•
Important Information about Photo Printing
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
312
Print Photos Directly from Media > Compatible Media
Compatible Media
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Your Brother machine has media drives (slots) for use with common data storage and digital camera media.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB flash drive
SD Memory Card
SDHC Memory Card
SDXC Memory Card
MultiMediaCard
MultiMediaCard plus miniSD (Adapter required) miniSDHC (Adapter required) microSD (Adapter required) microSDHC (Adapter required)
MultiMediaCard mobile (Adapter required)
Related Information
•
Save Scanned Data to a Memory Card or USB Flash Drive
•
Print Photos Directly from Media
313
Print Photos Directly from Media > Important Information about Photo
Printing
Important Information about Photo Printing
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
USB flash drive support is available only for certain models (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW).
Your machine is designed to be compatible with modern digital camera image files, memory cards and USB flash drives. Read the points below to avoid errors:
• The image file extension must be .JPG (other image file extensions like .JPEG, .TIF, .GIF and so on will not be recognized).
• Direct photo printing must be performed separately from photo printing operations using the computer.
(Simultaneous operation is not available.)
• The machine can read up to 999 files
on a memory card or USB flash drive.
Be aware of the following:
• When printing an index or image, the machine will print all the valid images, even if one or more images have been corrupted. Corrupted images will not be printed.
• (Memory card users)
Your machine is designed to read memory cards that have been formatted by a digital camera.
When a digital camera formats a memory card, it creates a special folder into which it copies image data. If you must use your computer to modify the image data stored on a memory card, we recommend that you do not modify the folder structure created by the digital camera. When saving new or modified image files to the memory card, we also recommend you use the same folder your digital camera uses. If the data is not saved to the same folder, the machine may not be able to read the file or print the image.
• (USB flash drive users)
Your machine supports USB flash drives that have been formatted by Windows.
Related Information
•
Print Photos Directly from Media
1
The folder inside memory cards or USB flash drives is also counted.
314
Print Photos Directly from Media > Print Photos from Media on the Brother
Machine
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
Preview and Print Photos from Media
•
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
•
•
•
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
•
Print Borderless Photos from Media
•
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
•
315
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Preview and Print Photos from Media
Preview and Print Photos from Media
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Preview your photos on the LCD before you print them.
• If your photos are large files, there may be a delay before each photo is displayed.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[Select Files]
.
4. Press d
or c
to display the photo you want to print, and then press it.
To print all photos, press
[Print All]
, and then press
[Yes]
to confirm.
5. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[OK]
.
7. Repeat the last three steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
8. Press
[OK]
.
9. Read and confirm the displayed list of options.
10. To change the print settings, press
[Print Settings]
.
When finished, press
[OK]
.
11. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
316
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Print a photo Index Sheet to see small preview versions of all pictures on your memory card or USB flash drive.
• The machine assigns numbers for images (such as No.1, No.2, No.3, and so on).
The machine does not recognize any other numbers or file names that your digital camera or computer has used to identify the pictures.
• Only file names that are 20 characters or less will be printed correctly on the index sheet.
• File names cannot be printed correctly if they contain non-alphanumeric characters, but nonalphanumeric characters do not affect photo print settings.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[Index Print]
>
[Print Index Sheet]
.
4. If you want to change the print settings, press
[Print Settings]
.
When finished, press
[OK]
.
Option Description
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
5. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
317
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print Photos by Image Number
Print Photos by Image Number
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Before you can print an individual image, you must print the photo Index Sheet (thumbnails) to know the image number.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[Index Print]
>
[Print Photos]
.
4. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the touchscreen. After you have selected the image numbers, press
[OK]
.
• Enter multiple numbers at one time using a comma or a hyphen. For example, enter
1, 3, 6
to print images No.1, No.3 and No.6. Print a range of images using a hyphen. For example, enter
1-5
to print images No.1 to No.5.
• Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press
[-]
or
[+]
on the touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the touchscreen keyboard. Press
[OK]
.
6. To change the print settings, press
[Print Settings]
.
When finished, press
[OK]
.
7. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from Media
•
318
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print ID Photos
Print ID Photos
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Select a photo stored in a memory card or USB flash drive and print ID photos for your resume, passport and so on. You can print four ID photos on one sheet of paper, and crop large images to preset sizes.
Only one photo will be printed when you select the
[2x2inch]
or
[50x70mm (2x2.75in)]
option in the ID
Photo Size setting, and the
[4"x6"]
option in the Paper Size setting.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[ID Photo Print]
.
4. Press d
or c
to display the photo you want, and then press it.
5. Press a
or b
to adjust the size of the crop you want, and then press it.
The machine crops the photo to the selected size. To crop to a different size, repeat these steps.
6. Confirm the displayed image. Rotate the image if needed by pressing .
7. Press
[OK]
.
8. To change the print settings, press
[Print Settings]
.
Option Description
Print Quality
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type
Select the paper type.
Paper Size
Select the paper size.
9. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
319
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If your photo is too long or too wide to fit the space in your layout, part of the image will be cropped.
• The factory setting is On. To print the whole image, change this setting to Off.
• If you set the
[Cropping]
setting to Off, set the
[Borderless]
setting to Off, also.
Cropping: On
Cropping: Off
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[Select Files]
.
4. Press d
or c
to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press
[OK]
.
5. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[Print Settings]
>
[Cropping]
.
7. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
8. When finished, press or
[OK]
.
9. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
320
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print Borderless Photos from Media
Print Borderless Photos from Media
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
This feature expands the printable area to the edges of the paper. Printing time will be slower.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[Select Files]
.
4. Press d
or c
to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press
[OK]
.
5. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[Print Settings]
>
[Borderless]
.
7. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
8. When finished, press or
[OK]
.
9. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
321
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Print the date if it is already in your photo’s information. The date will be printed on the lower-right corner. To use this setting, the photo must include the date.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Put the memory card or USB flash drive in the correct slot.
3. Press
[Photo]
>
[Select Files]
.
4. Press d
or c
to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press
[OK]
.
5. Press
[OK]
.
6. Press
[Print Settings]
>
[Print Date]
.
7. Press
[On]
(or
[Off]
).
8. When finished, press or
[OK]
.
9. Press
[Start]
.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
322
Print Photos Directly from Media >
Print Photos from Media on the Brother
> Print Settings for Photos
Print Settings for Photos
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Press the
[Print Settings]
option to display the settings shown in the table.
Option
Print Quality
Paper Type
Paper Size
Print Layout
Brightness
Contrast
Cropping
Borderless
Print Date
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Description
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the
Inkjet Paper
option in the
Paper Type setting, you can select only
Fine
.
Select the paper type.
Select the paper size.
Select the print layout.
Adjust the brightness.
Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more vivid.
Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent unwanted cropping.
Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Print the date on your photo.
Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the defaults.
Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from Media on the Brother Machine
•
Preview and Print Photos from Media
•
323
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
If you would like to copy photos stored in a memory card or USB flash drive to a folder on your computer, follow the steps for your connection type and Operating System.
•
•
Copy Photos from Media Over a Local Connection
324
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
> Before Copying Photos
Before Copying Photos
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
IMPORTANT
DO NOT start your computer with a memory card or USB flash drive in the media drive of the machine. You could lose your data or damage the media.
• The machine will read only the media that was put in first.
• While the machine is printing photos from the media, your computer cannot access the photo printing for any other operation.
Related Information
•
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
325
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
> Copy Photos from Media Over a
Local Connection
Copy Photos from Media Over a Local Connection
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can copy photos from media to your computer when it is locally connected (via USB) to your machine.
1. Open the machine's media slot cover.
2. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
3. Do one of the following:
• ( Windows)
In Windows Explorer, double-click the
Removable Disk
icon.
• (Mac)
Double-click the removable disk icon.
If you create a name for the volume label of the media, this name appears.
The files and folders on the media appear on your computer screen.
4. You can edit a file and save it to another drive on your computer.
5. Quit all applications that are running stored data on the media.
6. Do one of the following:
• ( Windows)
In Windows Explorer, right-click the removable disk icon and select
Eject
.
• (Mac)
Drag the removable disk icon into the
Trash
icon.
7. Wait until your Brother machine has stopped accessing the media before removing the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the media while your Brother machine is accessing the media. Otherwise, the media, or data stored on the media could be damaged.
If you remove the media while your Brother machine is accessing the media, you must restart your computer before inserting the same media into the machine. If you do not restart your computer, the data on your media could be destroyed.
Related Information
•
Copy Photos from Media to a Computer
326
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
You can print and edit photos using various ControlCenter features.
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
• We recommend using the photo bypass tray located on the top of the output tray cover to print on
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm) paper. (Available only for certain models)
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
2. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
3. Do one of the following:
• If you are using
Advanced Mode
, click the
Photo
tab, and then click the
Photo Print
button.
• If you are using
Home Mode
, click the
Photo
tab.
4. Select the folder that contains the image you want to print.
Option
My CC4 Folder
Desktop
Description
The My CC4 Folder button lets you open the ControlCenter4 folder located in the My Pictures folder on your computer.
The Desktop button lets you open the folder tree from your desktop to select images you want to print.
5. Select images you want to print, by selecting the check box under the thumbnail in the image viewer.
327
Option
Select All
Description
Selects all thumbnails in the current view.
Deselect All
Deselects all thumbnails in the current view.
6. Specify the number of copies you want to print (1-99) by clicking .
7. To trim the photo before printing, click
Edit
.
8. Click
.
The print settings window appears.
9. Configure the settings for the
Paper Size
,
Media Type
, and
Layout
options.
10. Click the
Properties
button to configure the
Print Quality
,
Color / Grayscale
and
Color Mode
options, if needed. To print the image's timestamp in the lower-right corner of the image, select the
Print Date
check box.
11. To change other printer settings, click the
Print Options...
button. (For Advanced Mode only)
12. Click
OK
.
13. Click the
Preview
button to view the image on screen before printing.
14. Click the
Start Printing
button.
Related Information
•
•
Edit Photos Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
328
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
> Edit Photos Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Edit Photos Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
3
4
5
1. This area shows which images are currently selected, and how many copies of each image will be printed.
2. These buttons allow you to control how you view the selected image.
Buttons
(
Compare
)
Description
Compare the edited image with the original.
(
Undo
)
(
Restart
)
Cancel the last edit applied to the selected image.
Cancel all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image reverts to its original state.
Set the zoom level so that the image fits the window.
(
Fit to Window
)
(
Zoom In
/
Zoom Out
) Enlarge or reduce the selected image.
(
Rotate Counterclockwise
/
Rotate
Clockwise
)
(Previous/Next)
Rotate the image by 90 degrees, clockwise or counterclockwise.
Display the previous or next image.
3.
Trimming
This feature allows you to remove unwanted areas from your photos.
4.
Image Correction
Auto Correction
Select this option to apply a range of automatic corrections that can enhance an image.
Red-Eye Removal
Select this option to correct red eye in photo images, which is sometimes caused by a camera's flash.
Monochrome
Select this option to remove color information from the image.
Sepia
Select this option to remove color information from the image and add a sepia tone.
329
5.
Image Enhancement
Nature Scene
Select this option to enhance natural colors, such as green and blue.
Night Scene
Select this option to optimize the image adjustments for a night scene photo.
Soft Light
Select this option to soften bright edges.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
330
Network
•
Supported Basic Network Features
•
Network Management Software and Utilities
•
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
•
•
Technical Information for Advanced Users
331
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems
Printing
Scanning
PC Fax Send (Available only for certain models)
PC Fax Receive (Available only for certain models)
BRAdmin Light
Remote Setup (Available only for certain models)
Status Monitor
Driver Deployment Wizard
Windows 7
Windows 8
Windows 10
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Windows Server
2008/2012/2012 R2/2016
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
macOS v10.10.5
macOS v10.11.x
macOS v10.12.x
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Related Information
•
1
2
BRAdmin Light is available as a download from your model's page at support.brother.com
.
BRAdmin Professional is available as a download from your model's page at support.brother.com
.
332
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities
Network Management Software and Utilities
Configure and change your Brother machine's network settings using a management utility.
•
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
•
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
333
Network Management Software and Utilities
> Learn about Network Management
Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
BRAdmin Light (Windows)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for
Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address.
Go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to download
BRAdmin Light.
• If using Windows Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the instructions.
BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
BRAdmin Professional is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read Windows
Explorer-style screen that changes color to identify the status of each device. You can configure network and device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows computer on your LAN. BRAdmin Professional can also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data.
• Go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional utility.
• Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional window. The default node name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
• If using Windows Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the instructions.
Remote Setup (Windows and Mac)
Remote Setup is a program for configuring many machine and network settings from either a Windows or a Mac application. When you start this application, the settings on your machine are automatically downloaded to your computer and displayed on your computer screen. If you change the settings, you can upload them directly to the machine.
Windows
This utility can be used with either a USB or a network connection.
Mac
• Go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to download the Remote Setup.
• This utility can be used with a USB connection.
Related Information
•
Network Management Software and Utilities
334
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Brother installation disc.
•
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
•
335
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
• To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics, you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB for the fastest throughput speed.
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only), only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the same time.
If you do not know the security information (for example, Network Name (SSID) and Network Key), consult the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
Related Information
•
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
336
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from your machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[WLAN]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[WPS]
. Press
OK
.
3. When
[Enable WLAN?]
appears, press c
.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d
.
4. When the LCD instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press c
on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays
[Connected]
.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the
Full Driver & Software Package
necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[WLAN]
>
[WPS]
.
2. When
[Enable WLAN?]
appears, press
[Yes]
.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press
[No]
.
3. When the touchscreen instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/ router. Then press
[OK]
on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays
[Connected]
.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the
Full Driver & Software Package
necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
337
Related Information
•
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
338
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. By submitting a PIN created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar.
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar.
1
2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[WLAN]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[WPS w/PIN Code]
. Press
OK
.
339
3. When
[Enable WLAN?]
appears, press c
.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d
.
4. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
5. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
6. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the following steps:
7. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
>
Add a device
.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
>
Hardware and Sound
>
Devices and Printers
>
Add a device
.
• Windows 10
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
Add a device
.
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the
Full Driver & Software
Package
necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
8. Select your machine and click
Next
.
9. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click
Next
.
10. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click
Next
.
11. Click
Close
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[WLAN]
>
[WPS w/ PIN Code]
.
2. When
[Enable WLAN?]
appears, press
[Yes]
.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press
[No]
.
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
340
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
>
Add a device
.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
>
Hardware and Sound
>
Devices and Printers
>
Add a device
.
• Windows 10
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
Add a device
.
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the
Full Driver & Software
Package
necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
7. Select your machine and click
Next
.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click
Next
.
9. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click
Next
.
10. Click
Close
.
Related Information
•
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
341
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not
Broadcast
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
Open System
Shared Key
WPA/WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
NONE
WEP
WEP
AES
TKIP
Network Key
-
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
AES
Network Key
12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press
Settings
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[WLAN]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Setup Wizard]
, and then press
OK
.
4. When
[Enable WLAN?]
appears, press c
.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d
.
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a
or b
to select the
[<New SSID>]
option, and then press
OK
.
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press
OK
.
For more information about how to enter text, see the
Appendix
.
7. Select
[Infrastructure]
, and then press
OK
.
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press
OK
.
9. Do one of the following:
342
• If you selected the
[Open System]
option, press a
or b
to select the Encryption type
[None]
or
[WEP]
, and then press
OK
.
If you selected the
[WEP]
option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press
OK
.
• If you selected the
[Shared Key]
option, enter the WEP key, and then press
OK
.
• If you selected the
[WPA/WPA2-PSK]
option, press a
or b
to select the Encryption type
[TKIP+AES]
or
[AES]
, and then press
OK
.
Enter the WPA key, and then press
OK
.
• For more information about how to enter text, see the
Appendix
.
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays
[Connected]
.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the
Full Driver & Software Package
necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
Open System
Shared Key
WPA/WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
NONE
WEP
WEP
AES
TKIP
Network Key
-
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
AES
Network Key
12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[WLAN]
>
[Setup Wizard]
.
3. When
[Enable WLAN?]
appears, press
[Yes]
.
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press
[No]
.
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Press a
or b
to display the
[<New SSID>]
option, and then press it.
5. Press
[OK]
.
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press
[OK]
.
343
For more information about how to enter text, see the
Appendix
.
7. Press
[Infrastructure]
.
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press it.
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the
[Open System]
option, press either
[None]
or
[WEP]
.
If you selected the
[WEP]
option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press
[OK]
.
• If you selected the
[Shared Key]
option, enter the WEP key, and then press
[OK]
.
• If you selected the
[WPA/WPA2-PSK]
option, press either
[TKIP+AES]
or
[AES]
.
Enter the WPA key, and then press
[OK]
.
• For more information about how to enter text, see the
Appendix
.
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays
[Connected]
.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the
Full Driver & Software Package
necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
Related Information
•
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
•
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
344
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
> Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
•
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
345
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. It allows you to configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an Android
™ device, Windows device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS). You can also configure a wireless network by manually setting a SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi Direct feature supports WPA2
™
security with AES encryption.
1
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
2
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired (supported models only) and wireless network, only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the same time.
• The Wi-Fi Direct supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Group Owner (G/O) serves as an access point.
Related Information
•
346
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
•
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
347
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
> Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment.
Check your mobile device for configuration.
1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?
Option
Yes
No
Description
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?
Option
Yes
No
Description
See
Related Information
: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
See
Related Information
: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)?
Option
Yes
No
Description
Go to Step 4
See
Related Information
: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)?
Option
Yes
No
Description
See
Related Information
: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
See
Related Information
: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured by one-push configuration using Wi-
Fi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be running Android
™
4.0 or greater.
Related Information
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
348
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.]
will appear on the LCD. Press c
to connect.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Wi-Fi Direct]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Push Button]
. Press
OK
.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.]
appears. Press c
on your Brother machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the G/O (Group Owner), connect your mobile device to the machine directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect and press
OK
. Search for available devices again by selecting
[Rescan]
.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.]
will appear on the LCD.
Press
[OK]
to connect.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Wi-Fi Direct]
>
[Push Button]
.
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].]
appears. Press
[OK]
on your
Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search for available devices again by pressing
[Rescan]
.
349
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
350
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-
Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC; Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.]
will appear on the LCD. Press c
to connect.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Wi-Fi Direct]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Group Owner]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
. Press
OK
.
e. Select
[Push Button]
. Press
OK
.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.]
appears. Press c
on your Brother machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC; Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.]
will appear on the LCD.
Press
[OK]
to connect.
1. Press
[On]
.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Wi-Fi Direct]
>
[Group Owner]
>
2. Press
[Push Button]
.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions). When
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].]
appears on the machine's LCD, press
[OK]
on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
351
•
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
352
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.]
will appear on the LCD. Press c
to connect.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Wi-Fi Direct]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[PIN Code]
. Press
OK
.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.]
appears. Press c
on your Brother machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the G/O (Group Owner), it will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press
OK
. Follow the instructions, and then go to the next step. If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O (Group Owner), it will display available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect and press
OK
. Search for available devices again by selecting
[Rescan]
.
When
[Select PIN Method]
appears, do one of the following:
Press c
to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile device. Follow the instructions, and then go to the next step.
Press d
to enter a PIN shown on your mobile device in the machine, and then press
OK
. Follow the instructions, and then go to the next step.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.]
will appear on the LCD.
Press
[OK]
to connect.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Wi-Fi Direct]
>
[PIN Code]
.
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].]
appears. Press
[OK]
on your
Brother machine.
353
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When
[PIN Code]
appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press
[OK]
. Follow the instructions.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search for available devices again by pressing
[Rescan]
.
Do one of the following:
Press
[Display PIN Code]
to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile device. Follow the instructions.
Press
[Input PIN Code]
to enter a PIN shown on your mobile device in the machine, and then press
[OK]
. Follow the instructions.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press on your Brother machine. Go back to step 1 and try again.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
354
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received.]
will appear on the LCD. Press c
to connect.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Wi-Fi Direct]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Group Owner]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
. Press
OK
.
e. Select
[PIN Code]
. Press
OK
.
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.]
appears. Press c
on your Brother machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
4. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. If the LCD prompts you to enter a
PIN, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press
OK
.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message
[Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.]
will appear on the LCD.
Press
[OK]
to connect.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Wi-Fi Direct]
>
[Group Owner]
>
[On]
>
[PIN Code]
.
2. When
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].]
is displayed, activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions), and then press
[OK]
on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When
[PIN Code]
appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press
[OK]
.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
355
Related Information
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
356
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
>
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Wi-Fi Direct]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Manual]
. Press
OK
.
3. The machine will display the SSID name and Password for three minutes. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings screen and enter the SSID name and password.
4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the
Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Wi-Fi Direct]
>
[Manual]
.
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings screen and enter the SSID name and password.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays
[Connected]
. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
Related Information
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
357
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features
Advanced Network Features
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
358
> Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
• Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
• If the
[IP Address]
on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try printing it again.
• You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
IP address: 192.168.0.5
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
Node name: BRN000ca0000499
MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Print Reports]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Network Config]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
.
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Yes]
.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Print Reports]
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
>
[Network Configuration]
>
Related Information
•
•
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
359
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users
Technical Information for Advanced Users
•
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
•
360
Technical Information for Advanced Users
> Reset the Network Settings to Factory
Default
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all information, such as the password and IP address.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
• This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory settings.
• You can also reset the print server to its factory default settings using BRAdmin Light or BRAdmin
Professional.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Network Reset]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Network Reset]
.
2. The message confirming reset will be displayed. Press
[OK]
for two seconds.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
•
Technical Information for Advanced Users
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
361
Technical Information for Advanced Users
> Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report reflects your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code on the printed report.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the
[Print Reports]
option, and then press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the
[WLAN Report]
option, and then press
OK
.
4. Press c
.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one minute and then try to print the report again.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Print Reports]
>
[WLAN Report]
>
[Yes]
.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
•
Technical Information for Advanced Users
•
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
•
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
362
Technical Information for Advanced Users
> Wireless LAN
Report Error Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code
TS-01
TS-02
TS-04
TS-05
TS-06
TS-07
Problem and Recommended Solutions
The wireless setting is not activated. Change the wireless setting to ON.
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of your machine to ON.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
1. Check the following two points:
• Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug it back in.
• If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/ encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect.
Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as necessary.
This device does not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/
ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are not supported by your machine.
Change the authentication and encryption methods of the wireless access point/router. Your machine supports the following authentication methods:
• WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES
• WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES
• Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
• Shared key
WEP
If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect.
Confirm the wireless network settings.
The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the SSID and Network Key.
The wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your
WLAN access point/router, or ask your network administrator.
363
Error Code
TS-08
Problem and Recommended Solutions
Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
• Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active and try again.
• Try again after a few minutes to avoid interference from other access points.
How to confirm wireless security information (SSID/authentication method/encryption method/Network Key) of your WLAN access point/router:
1. The Default security settings may be provided on a label attached to the WLAN access point/router. Or the manufacturer's name or model number of the WLAN access point/router may be used as the default security settings.
2. See the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router for information on how to find the security settings.
• If the WLAN access point/router is set to not broadcast the SSID, the SSID will not automatically be detected. You will have to manually enter the SSID name.
• The Network key may also be described as the Password, Security Key or Encryption Key.
If you do not know the SSID and wireless security settings of your WLAN access point/router or how to change the configuration, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your access point/router or ask your Internet provider or network administrator.
Related Information
•
•
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
364
Security
•
365
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings
Lock the Machine Settings
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password, you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother Customer
Service.
•
•
366
Lock the Machine Settings > About Using Memory Security
About Using Memory Security
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
Memory Security lets you prevent unauthorized access to the machine.
Although you cannot schedule Delayed Faxes, any pre-scheduled Delayed Faxes will be sent.
You must turn off PC Fax Receive before you can turn on Memory Security.
While Memory Security is On, the following operations are available:
• Receiving faxes into memory (limited by memory capacity)
• Fax Forwarding (if Fax Forwarding was already On)
• Remote Retrieval (if Fax Storage was already On and your Remote Access Code was already set)
While Memory Security is On, the following operations are NOT available:
• Operation from the control panel
• Printing received faxes
• PC printing
• PC scanning
• PC Fax Receive
• Printing with NFC
• Scanning with NFC
To print the faxes in memory, you must turn off Memory Security.
Related Information
•
•
Set the Memory Security Password
•
Change the Memory Security Password
•
367
About Using Memory Security > Set the Memory Security
Password
Set the Memory Security Password
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
Make a careful note of your password.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[Memory Security]
.
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
3. When the touchscreen displays
[Verify]
, re-enter the password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
368
About Using Memory Security > Change the Memory
Security Password
Change the Memory Security Password
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[Memory Security]
>
[Set Password]
.
2. Enter the registered four-digit number for the current password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
3. Enter a four-digit number for a new password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
4. When the touchscreen displays
[Verify]
, re-enter the new password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
5. Press .
Related Information
•
369
About Using Memory Security > Turn Memory Security
On/Off
Turn Memory Security On/Off
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[Memory Security]
>
[Set Security]
.
2. Enter the registered four-digit password using the keyboard on the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
The machine goes offline and the touchscreen displays
[Memory Security]
.
Turning off Memory Security: a. Press
[Unlock]
.
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press
[OK]
.
If you enter the wrong password, the touchscreen displays
[Wrong Password]
and stays offline. The machine will stay in Secure Mode until the correct password is entered.
Related Information
•
370
Lock the Machine Settings > About Using TX Lock
About Using TX Lock
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW
Block unauthorized data transmission to and from the machine.
TX Lock lets you prevent unauthorized access to the machine.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are available:
• Receiving faxes
• Fax Forwarding (If Fax Forwarding was already On) (MFC-J690DW)
• Fax Storage (If Fax Storage was already On) (MFC-J690DW)
• Remote Retrieval (If Fax Storage was already On) (MFC-J690DW)
• PC-Fax Receive (If PC-Fax Receive was already On)
While the TX Lock feature is turned on, your machine will receive faxes and store them in its memory. Then, when TX Lock is turned off, the faxes will be sent to your chosen PC.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are NOT available:
• Operation from the control panel
• PC printing
• PC scanning
Related Information
•
•
•
•
371
> Set the TX Lock Password
Set the TX Lock Password
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Miscellaneous]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[TX Lock]
. Press
OK
.
3. Enter a four-digit number for the password. Press
OK
.
4. Re-enter the password. Press
OK
.
5. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[TX Lock]
.
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
3. When the touchscreen displays
[Verify]
, re-enter the password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
372
> Change the TX Lock Password
Change the TX Lock Password
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Miscellaneous]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[TX Lock]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Set Password]
. Press
OK
.
3. Enter the four-digit number of the current password. Press
OK
.
4. Enter a four-digit number for the new password. Press
OK
.
5. Re-enter the new password. Press
OK
.
6. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW
1. Press
Password]
.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
>
[TX Lock]
>
[Set
2. Enter the four-digit number of the current password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
3. Enter a four-digit number for the new password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
4. When the touchscreen displays
[Verify]
, re-enter the new password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
5. Press .
Related Information
•
373
> Turn TX Lock On/Off
Turn TX Lock On/Off
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Fax]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Miscellaneous]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[TX Lock]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Set TX Lock]
. Press
OK
.
3. Enter the registered four-digit password. Press
OK
.
The machine goes offline and the LCD displays
[TX Lock Mode]
.
Turning off TX Lock: a. Press
Settings
.
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press
OK
.
If you enter the wrong password, the LCD displays
[Wrong Password]
and stays offline. The machine will stay in TX Lock Mode until the correct password is entered.
MFC-J690DW
1. Press
Lock]
.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
>
[Miscellaneous]
2. Enter the registered four-digit password using the touchscreen. Press
[OK]
.
The machine goes offline and the touchscreen displays
[TX Lock]
.
>
[TX Lock]
>
[Set TX
Turning off TX Lock: a. Press
[Unlock]
.
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press
[OK]
.
If you enter the wrong password, the touchscreen displays
[Wrong Password]
and stays offline. The machine will stay in TX Lock Mode until the correct password is entered.
Related Information
•
374
Mobile/Web Connect
•
•
•
•
•
•
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
•
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
375
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
•
•
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
•
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
•
•
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
•
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web
•
376
> Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the website. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download from and print images that are already uploaded to these services.
1
3
2
4
1. Printing
2. Scanning
3. Photos, images, documents and other files
4. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet connection, and the Internet.
Press (Web) or (Apps) on the touchscreen, or press (
WEB
) to use Brother Web Connect.
Related Information
•
377
> Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Use Brother Web Connect to access online services from your Brother machine. Some of these web services offer business versions.
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother Creative Center. (Brother CreativeCenter is available only for some models.)
Google Drive
™
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronization service.
URL: drive.google.com
Evernote
®
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronization service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive
An online file storage, sharing and management service.
URL: https://onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.onenote.com
Brother Creative Center
A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on your Brother machine. (available only for certain countries and models) www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Accessible Services
Google Drive
™
Evernote
®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote Brother Creative Center
Download and print images or save them to media
(MFC-J690DW/
MFC-J895DW)
JPEG
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
JPEG
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
PPTX
(Print only)
378
Accessible Services
Upload scanned images
Google Drive
™
Evernote
®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
PPTX
JPEG
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
OneNote
JPEG
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
Brother Creative Center
-
Upload images saved on media
(MFC-J690DW/
MFC-J895DW)
FaxForward to the online services
(MFC-J690DW/
MFC-J895DW)
JPEG
JPEG
TIFF
-
JPEG
TIFF
-
-
• Not all services are available in all countries.
• For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not be downloaded.
Related Information
•
379
> Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
•
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
•
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
380
>
Conditions for Using Brother Web
> Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the
Brother machine's software installed.
Windows
To install the Brother software and connect your machine to a wireless or wired network, see the
Quick Setup
Guide
.
Mac
To install the
Full Driver & Software Package
, go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions
Center at support.brother.com
.
Related Information
•
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
381
>
Conditions for Using Brother Web
> Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Network]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Web Connect Settings]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Proxy Settings]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Proxy Connection]
. Press
OK
.
e. Select
[On]
. Press
OK
.
f. Select the option that you want to set. Press
OK
.
g. Enter the proxy server information. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
>
[Web Connect Settings]
>
[Proxy
Settings]
>
[Proxy Connection]
.
2. Press
[On]
.
3. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information.
Press
[OK]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
382
> Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
•
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
•
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
•
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
•
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
•
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
383
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter, this procedure is not necessary):
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.)
1
3 2
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1
3 2
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1
2
1. Enter temporary ID
2. Web Service
Your Brother machine can now use the service.
384
Related Information
•
385
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
•
386
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows 7 Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
, and then click the dropdown list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Do More
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect
.
Windows 8
Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Do More
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect
.
Windows 8.1 Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the
Start
screen and click (if you are using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the
Start
screen to bring up the
Apps
screen).
Click (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name
(if not already selected). Click
Do More
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother
Web Connect
.
Mac Click
Go
in the
Finder
bar,
Applications
>
Brother
>
Utilities
>
Brother Web Connect
.
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com
into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
2. Select the service you want to use.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
387
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
•
388
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
• You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
• Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's control panel.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
WEB
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press c
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select the service with which you want to register. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Register/Delete]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Register Account]
. Press
OK
.
3. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access. Press c
.
4. Enter the temporary ID using the dial pad. Press
OK
.
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD. Press c
.
6. Enter the name, and then press
OK
.
7. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press c
. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a fourdigit number, and then press
OK
.
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press d
.
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
8. Press c
to register your information as entered.
9. Press c
.
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
10. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press d
or c
to display
[Web]
.
Press
[Web]
.
389
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the service with which you want to register.
Press the service name.
3. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Register/Delete]
>
[Register Account]
.
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
Press
[OK]
.
6. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD, and then press
[OK]
.
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID correctly, or apply for access again and receive a new temporary ID.
7. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
Press
[OK]
.
8. Enter the name using the LCD, and then press
[OK]
.
9. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press
[Yes]
. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a four-digit number, and then press
[OK]
.
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press
[No]
.
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
10. Press
[Yes]
to register your information as entered.
11. Press
[OK]
.
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
12. Press .
Related Information
•
390
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother
Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter .
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
•
391
> Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, black and white scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading searchable PDF or Microsoft Office files, black and white and gray scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named
From_BrotherDevice
.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to the respective service's website.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
WEB
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press c
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload. Press
OK
.
b. Select your account name. Press
OK
.
4. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN, and then press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to select
[Upload: Scanner]
, and then press
OK
.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press d
or c
to display
[Web]
.
Press
[Web]
.
• You can also press
[Scan]
>
[to Web]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
3. Press a
or b
to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Press a
or b
to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press
[OK]
.
6. Press a
or b
to display
[Upload: Scanner]
.
Press
[Upload: Scanner]
.
392
• If you pressed
[Scan]
>
[to Web]
, this option does not appear.
• This option may not appear depending on the service.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•
393
> Upload a Document from an External Memory
Device Using Brother Web Connect
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother
Web Connect
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Documents saved on media (such as a memory card or a USB flash drive) connected to the machine can be uploaded directly to a web service.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named
From_BrotherDevice
.
• USB flash drive is available only for some models.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to the respective service's website.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the memory card or USB flash drive while your Brother machine is accessing the media.
Otherwise, the card, USB flash drive, or data stored on the card could be damaged.
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not be uploaded.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press d
or c
to display
[Web]
.
Press
[Web]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Press a
or b
to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
5. Press a
or b
to display your account name, and then press it.
6. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press
[OK]
.
7. Press a
or b
to display
[Upload: Media]
.
Press
[Upload: Media]
.
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•
394
> Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or documents.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not be downloaded.
Related Information
•
•
Download and Print Using Web Services
•
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
395
>
Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see
Related Information
.
1. Press d
or c
to display
[Web]
.
Press
[Web]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and print.
Press the service name.
3. Do one of the following:
• To log on to the service, press a
or b
to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press
[OK]
.
• To access the service as a guest user, press a
or b
to display
[Use as a GuestUser]
, and then press it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press
[OK]
.
4. Press a
or b
to display
[Download: Print]
.
Press
[Download: Print]
.
• If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose documents you want to download.
5. Press a
or b
to display the desired album, and then press it.
• An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service you use. When using Evernote
®
, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
• Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums, select
[See Unsorted Files]
or
[See UnsortedPhotos]
to select documents. You cannot download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
6. Press the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and press
[OK]
.
Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
7. When finished, press
[OK]
.
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
396
>
Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
1. Press d
or c
to display
[Apps]
.
Press
[Apps]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display
[Print "CreativeCenter" Templates]
.
Press
[Print "CreativeCenter" Templates]
.
3. Press a
or b
to display the desired category, and then press it.
4. Select the desired file. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press
[OK]
. Repeat this step until you have selected all the files that you want to print.
5. When finished, press
[OK]
.
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information and press
[OK]
.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•
Download and Print Using Web Services
397
> Download and Save a Document to an External
Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using
Brother Web Connect
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
JPEG, PDF and Microsoft Office files can be downloaded from a service and saved directly on media connected to the machine. Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your machine as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
• Make sure there is enough available space on your memory card or USB flash drive.
• To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or documents.
• USB flash drive is available only for some models.
• Downloaded files are renamed based on the current date. For example, the first image saved on July 1, would be named 07010001.jpg. Note that the region setting also determines the date format of the file name.
• Images are saved in the “BROTHER” folder, which can be found on the root level of the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the memory card or USB flash drive while your Brother machine is accessing the media.
Otherwise, the card, USB flash drive, or data stored on the card could be damaged.
1. Open the media slot cover.
2. Insert a memory card or USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press d
or c
to display
[Web]
.
Press
[Web]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Press a
or b
to display the service that hosts the document you want to download.
Press the service name.
5. Do one of the following:
• To log on to the service, press a
or b
to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press
[OK]
.
• To access the service as a guest user, press a
or b
to display
[Use as a GuestUser]
, and then press it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press
[OK]
.
6. Press a
or b
to display
[Download: Media]
.
Press
[Download: Media]
.
• If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose documents you want to download.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
398
• An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service you use. When using Evernote
®
, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
• Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums, select
[See Unsorted Files]
or
[See UnsortedPhotos]
to select documents. You cannot download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
Related Information
•
399
> FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
• Use the FaxForward to Cloud feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to your accounts with the available online services.
1
1. Web Service
• Use the FaxForward to E-mail feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to an inbox as email attachments.
Related Information
•
•
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
•
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
400
>
> Turn On
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn on the FaxForward feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to either an online service or an inbox as email attachments.
• This feature is available only for black and white faxes.
• If you turn on FaxForward, you cannot use the following features:
-
[Fax Forward]
-
[Fax Storage]
-
[PC Fax Receive]
1. Press d
or c
to display
[Apps]
.
Press
[Apps]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display
[FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail]
.
Press
[FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail]
.
If information regarding
[FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail]
appears, read it, and then press
[OK]
.
3. Press
[On]
.
4. Press
[Forward to Cloud]
or
[Forward to E-mail]
.
• If you selected
[Forward to Cloud]
, choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and then specify your account name.
• If you selected
[Forward to E-mail]
, select the email address you want to receive the faxes as email attachments.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•
•
401
>
> Turn Off
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Turn off FaxForward when you want to stop incoming faxes from automatically going to either an online service or an inbox as email attachments.
If there are received faxes still in your machine's memory, you cannot turn off FaxForward.
1. Press d
or c
to display
[Apps]
.
Press
[Apps]
.
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK]
.
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press
[OK]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display
[FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail]
.
Press
[FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail]
.
If information regarding
[FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail]
appears, read it, and then press
[OK]
.
3. Press
[Off]
.
4. Press
[OK]
.
Related Information
•
402
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print
•
•
Before Using Google Cloud Print
•
•
•
403
> Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print
™
is a Google service that allows you to print to a printer registered to your Google account using a network-compatible device (such as a mobile phone or computer) without installing the printer driver on the device.
Printing from Android
™
apps requires installing the Google Cloud Print
™
app from the Google Play
™
Store.
1
2
3 4
1. Print request
2. Internet
3. Google Cloud Print
™
4. Printing
Related Information
•
404
> Before Using Google Cloud Print
Before Using Google Cloud Print
•
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
•
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
•
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
405
> Before Using Google Cloud Print > Network Settings
for Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
In order to use Google Cloud Print
™
, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the Internet, either through a wired or wireless connection. To connect and configure your machine correctly, see the
Quick Setup Guide
or related topics in this guide.
Related Information
•
Before Using Google Cloud Print
406
> Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
™
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
™
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or mobile device to access the Google website ( https://accounts.google.com/signup ) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
The steps in this section are examples for Windows users.
Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and environment.
1. Open Google Chrome
™
on your computer.
2. Sign in to your Google Account.
3. Click the Google Chrome
™
menu icon, and then
Settings
>
Show advanced settings…
.
4. In the
Google Cloud Print
section, click
Manage
.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the
[OK]
button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
7. When your Brother machine is successfully registered, it will appear in the
My devices
field.
Related Information
•
Before Using Google Cloud Print
407
> Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based
Management
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or mobile device to access the Google website ( https://accounts.google.com/signup ) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
Before you begin to register your machine, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's control panel. See
Related Information
.
1. Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer or mobile device.
2. Start your web browser.
3. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: http://192.168.1.2
• You can see your machine’s IP address in the Network menu on the control panel of your machine.
• If you have set a login password for Web Based Management, type your password in the
Login
box, then click .
4. Click
Google Cloud Print
.
5. Make sure that
Status
is set to
Enabled
. Click
Register
.
6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine's LCD, press
[OK]
.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
7. Click
.
8. The sign-in screen for Google Cloud Print
™
appears. Sign in with your Google Account and follow the onscreen instructions to register your machine.
9. When you have finished registering your machine, return to the Web Based Management screen and make sure that
Registration Status
is set to
Registered
.
408
Related Information
•
Before Using Google Cloud Print
•
409
> Print from Google Chrome
™
or Chrome OS
™
Print from Google Chrome
™
or Chrome OS
™
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Open the web page that you want to print.
3. Click the Google Chrome
™
menu icon.
4. Click
.
5. Select your machine from the printer list.
6. Change print options, if needed.
7. Click
.
Related Information
•
410
> Print from Google Drive
™
for Mobile
Print from Google Drive
™
for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access Google Drive
™
from your Android
™
or or iOS device’s web browser.
3. Open the document that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
5. Tap
.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap or
.
Related Information
•
411
> Print from Gmail
™
Webmail Service for Mobile
Print from Gmail
™
Webmail Service for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access the Gmail
™
webmail service from your Android
™
or iOS device’s web browser.
3. Open the email that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
If
appears beside the attachment name, you can also print the attachment. Tap
, and then follow the instructions on your mobile device.
5. Tap
.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap or
.
Related Information
•
412
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint
AirPrint
•
•
•
•
•
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
413
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you to wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without printing them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer. (MFC models)
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Related Information
•
414
AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Select
System Preferences
from the Apple Menu.
2. Click
Printers & Scanners
.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click
Add Printer or Scanner…
. The
Add
screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select
AirPrint
from the
Use
pop-up menu.
6. Click
Add
.
Related Information
•
415
AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
•
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
•
416
> Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap or .
4. Tap
.
5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap
Printer
.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your machine).
9. Tap
.
Related Information
•
417
> Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing, make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the
File
menu, and then select
.
4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the
Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your machine).
6. Click
.
Related Information
•
•
418
AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your Brother machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select
System Preferences
from the Apple menu.
3. Click
Printers & Scanners
.
4. Select your Brother machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the
Scan
tab, and then click the
Open Scanner…
button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select
Use Document Feeder
check box, and then select the size of your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click
Show Details
to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click
Scan
.
Related Information
•
•
419
AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the example below.
• AirPrint supports only black and white fax documents.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the
File
menu, and then select
.
4. Click the
Printer
pop-up menu, and then select
Brother MFC-XXXX - Fax
(where XXXX is your model name).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click
Fax
.
Related Information
•
•
420
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows
Mobile Printing for Windows
Mobile printing for Windows is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows mobile device. You can connect to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer driver on the device. Many Windows apps support this function.
2
3
1. Windows mobile device (Windows 10 Mobile or later)
2. Wi-Fi
®
connection
3. Your Brother machine
Related Information
•
421
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service is a print feature on Android
™
mobile devices (Android
™ version 4.4 or later) developed by the Mopria
®
Alliance. With this service, you can connect to the same network as your machine and print without additional setup.
Many native Android
™
apps support printing.
2
1 3
1. Android
™
4.4 or later
2. Wi-Fi
®
Connection
3. Your Brother Machine
You must download the Mopria
®
Print Service from the Google Play
™
Store and install it on your Android device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
™
Related Information
•
422
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices.
• For Android
™
Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android
™
device, without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play
™
Store app.
• For Apple Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Apple device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
• For Windows Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Windows device, without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Microsoft Store.
For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com/ips .
Related Information
•
•
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
423
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models
: MFC-J895DW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange and wireless connections between two devices that are close to each other.
If your Android
™
device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email messages) from the device or scan photos and documents to the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the machine's control panel.
You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan to your Android
™
device to use this feature.
Related Information
•
•
424
ControlCenter
Use Brother's ControlCenter software utility to quickly access your frequently-used applications. Using
ControlCenter gives you direct access to specific applications.
•
425
> ControlCenter4 (Windows)
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
•
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
•
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
426
> ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
ControlCenter4 has two operation modes:
Home Mode
and
Advanced Mode
. You can change modes at any time.
Home Mode
Advanced Mode
•
Home Mode
ControlCenter4 Home Mode lets you access your machine's main features easily.
•
Advanced Mode
427
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows you to customize one-button scan actions.
To change operation mode:
1. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then select
Open
.
2. Click the
Configuration
button, and then select
Mode Select
.
3. The mode selection dialog box appears. Select either the
Home Mode
or
Advanced Mode
option.
4. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
428
> ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
•
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
•
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
•
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
429
> ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows you to customize one-button scan actions.
•
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
•
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
430
> ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
1. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
2. Click the
Device Settings
tab.
3. Click the
Remote Setup
button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click
Export
to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
431
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click
Apply
to upload the new data to the machine, and then click
.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click
OK
.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click
OK
.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
•
•
432
> ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
You can create up to three customized tabs, each including up to five customized buttons, with your preferred settings.
Select
Advanced Mode
as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
2. Click the
Configuration
button, and then select
Create custom tab
.
A custom tab is created.
3. To change the name of a custom tab, right-click the custom tab, and then select
Rename custom tab
.
4. Click the
Configuration
button, select
Create custom button
, and then select the button you want to create.
The settings dialog box appears.
5. Type the button name, and then change the settings, if needed. Click
OK
.
The setting options vary depending on the button you select.
You can change or remove the created tab, button, or settings. Click the
Configuration
button, and then follow the menu.
433
Related Information
•
434
Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
•
•
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
435
Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
> Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Use Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac to print and scan from your computer.
The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows. The actual screen may differ depending on the version of the application.
• For Windows
Go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to download the latest application.
• For Mac
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
Related Information
•
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
•
Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile
436
Troubleshooting
If you think there is a problem with your machine, first check each of the items below, then try to identify the problem, and follow our troubleshooting tips.
You can correct most problems yourself. If you need additional help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the latest
FAQs & Troubleshooting
tips.
Visit us at support.brother.com
.
Click
FAQs & Troubleshooting
and search for your model name.
First, check the following:
• The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on.
• All of the machine's orange protective parts have been removed.
• The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
• The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is set up on both the machine and your computer.
• (For network models) The access point (for wireless), router, or hub is turned on and its link button is blinking.
• The machine's LCD is displaying messages.
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see
Related Information
.
Related Information
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
•
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
•
•
437
> Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
• (MFC-J895DW)
If the touchscreen displays errors and your Android
™
device supports the NFC feature, touch your device to the NFC symbol on the control panel to access the Brother Solutions Center and browse the latest FAQs from your device. (Your mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your Android
™
device are set to On.
•
Related Information
references are at the bottom of this page.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Error Message
Absorber NearFull
B&W Print Only
Replace Ink
Cannot Detect
Cause
The ink absorber box is nearly full.
Action
The ink absorber box must be replaced soon. Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to have your machine serviced.
• The ink absorber box absorbs the small amount of ink emitted during print head cleaning.
One or more of the color ink cartridges have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in black and white mode for approximately four weeks depending on the number of pages you print.
While this message appears on the LCD, each operation works in the following way:
• Printing
If the media type is set to
Plain Paper
in the
Basic
tab, and
Grayscale
is selected in the
Advanced
tab of the printer driver, you can use the machine as a black and white printer.
• Copying
If the paper type is set to
Plain
Paper
, you can make copies in black and white.
• Faxing
If the paper type is set to
Plain
Paper
, the machine will receive and print the faxes in black and white.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
Although the Cause column lists options for using the machine after this error appears, you will not be able to use the machine until you replace the ink cartridge(s) under the following conditions:
• If you unplug the machine or remove the ink cartridge.
• If you select the
Slow Drying Paper
option on the machine or in the printer driver.
You installed a new ink cartridge too quickly and the machine did not detect it.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
A used ink cartridge was reinstalled.
Take out the new ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks into place.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
Remove the used ink cartridge and install a new one.
438
Error Message
Cannot Detect Ink
Comm. Error
Connection Error
Connection Failed
Cover is Open.
Data Remaining
Disconnected
Document Jam
Cause
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink, the machine may not detect the ink cartridge.
The ink cartridge must be replaced.
Action
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
Replace the ink cartridge with a new
Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
The new ink cartridge has an air bubble.
Slowly turn the ink cartridge so that the ink supply port is pointing downward, and then reinstall the cartridge.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink cartridges and install the correct ink cartridges.
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink, the machine may not detect the ink volume.
Poor telephone line quality caused a communication error.
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
Send the fax again or connect the machine to another telephone line. If the problem continues, call the telephone company and ask them to check your telephone line.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
The Brother machine and your mobile device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
The scanner cover is not locked in the closed position.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the correct PIN.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it again.
Make sure the USB or network cable (if used) have been guided correctly through the cable channel and out the back of the machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the closed position.
Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it locks into place.
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press
Stop/Exit
. The machine will cancel the job and clear it from the memory. Try to print again.
The other person or other person's fax machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system, try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP
.
The document was not inserted or fed correctly, or the document scanned from the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then press
Stop/Exit
. Set the document in the
ADF correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF)
.
439
Error Message
DR Mode in Use
High Temperature
Ink Absorber Full
Ink Low
Jam A Inside/Front
Repeat Jam A
Jam B Front
Repeat Jam B Front
Cause
The machine is in Distinctive Ring mode.
You cannot change the Receive Mode from Manual to another mode.
Action
See
Related Information
:
Document
Jams
.
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
See
Related Information
:
Turn off
Distinctive Ring
.
The room temperature is too high.
The ink absorber box is full. These components are periodic maintenance items that may require replacement after a period of time to ensure optimum performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic maintenance items, the replacement is not covered under the warranty. The need to replace these items and the time period before replacement is dependent on the number of purges and flushes required to clean the ink system. These boxes acquire amounts of ink during the different purging and flushing operations. The number of times a machine purges and flushes for cleaning varies depending on different situations. For example, frequently powering the machine on and off will cause numerous cleaning cycles since the machine automatically cleans upon power up. The use of non-Brother ink may cause frequent cleanings because non-Brother ink could cause poor print quality which is resolved by cleaning. The more cleaning the machine requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered under the stated product warranty.
After cooling the room, allow the machine to cool down to room temperature. Try again when the machine has cooled down.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to have your machine serviced.
One or more of the ink cartridges are near the end of their lives. If the sending machine has the ability to convert it, the color fax will be printed at your machine as a black & white fax.
Order a new ink cartridge. You can continue printing until the LCD displays
Replace Ink
.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
•
You can still scan even if the ink is low or needs to be replaced.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
.
Make sure the paper length guide is set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper.
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front)
.
440
Error Message
Jam C Rear
Low Temperature
Media card error
Media Error
Media is Full.
No Caller ID
No Device
Cause
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
The room temperature is too low.
Action
Make sure the paper length guide is set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper.
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear)
.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers
.
After warming the room, allow the machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed up.
Remove the memory card(s) or USB flash drive that you are not using.
Multiple data storage devices were in the machine when it was turned on. The machine can read only one memory card or USB flash drive at a time.
The memory card is either corrupted, incorrectly formatted, or there is a problem with the memory card.
The memory card or USB flash drive you are using already contains 999 files.
The memory card or USB flash drive you are using does not have enough free space to scan the document.
There is no incoming call history. You did not receive calls or you have not subscribed to the Caller ID service from your telephone company.
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Brother machine cannot find your mobile device.
Remove the memory card from the media drive (slot) of the machine and format it correctly.
Put the card firmly into the slot again to make sure it is in the correct position. If the error remains, check the media drive
(slot) of the machine by putting in another memory card that you know is working.
Your machine can only save to your memory card or USB flash drive if it contains fewer than 999 files. Delete unused files and try again.
Delete unused files from your memory card or USB flash drive to make some free space, and then try again.
To use the Caller ID feature, call your telephone company.
See
Related Information
:
Caller ID
.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP
441
Error Message
No File
No Ink Cartridge
No Paper Fed
No Paper Fed Again
No Response/Busy
Not Registered
Out of Fax Memory
Out of Memory
Paper Size Mismatch
Cause
The memory card or USB flash drive in the media drive does not contain a .JPG
file.
Action
address of your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Put the correct memory card or USB flash drive into the slot again.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Remove the new ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks into place.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
The machine is out of paper or paper is not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
• Refill the paper tray, and then press c
.
• Remove and reload the paper, and then press c
.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed evenly at both ends.
See
Related Information
:
Printer Jam or
Paper Jam
.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers
.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers
.
Verify the number and try again.
The number you dialed does not answer or is busy.
You tried to access a Speed Dial number that has not been stored in the machine.
The fax memory is full.
Set up the Speed Dial number.
The machine's memory is full.
The paper size setting does not match the size of paper in the tray.
-
OR
-
You did not set the paper guides in the tray to the indicators for the paper size you are using.
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See
Related Information
:
Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory
.
If a fax-sending or copy operation is in progress:
• Press
Stop/Exit
and wait until the other operations that are in progress finish, and then try again.
• Press c
to select
Partial Print
to copy the pages scanned so far.
• Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See
Related Information
:
Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory
.
1. Check that the paper size you chose on the machine's display matches the size of the paper in the tray.
See
Related Information
:
Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type
.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in a
Portrait position, by setting the paper guides at the indicators for your paper size.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
442
Error Message
Replace Ink
The maximum number of devices are already connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
Tray not detected
Tray Settings
Unable to Clean XX
Unable to Init. XX
Unable to Print XX
Unable to Scan XX
Cause Action
3. After you have checked the paper size and the paper position, press c
.
If you are printing from your computer, make sure the paper size you chose in the printer driver matches the size of paper in the tray.
See
Related Information
:
Print Settings
(Windows)
or
Print Options (Mac)
.
One or more of the ink cartridges have reached the end of their lives. The machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, black and white faxes will be stored in the memory.
If the sending machine has the ability to convert it, the color fax will be stored in the memory as a black and white fax.
The maximum number of mobile devices are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner (G/O).
Replace the ink cartridges.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
• You can still scan even if the ink is low or needs to be replaced.
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the connection status by printing the Network Configuration Report.
See
Related Information
:
Print the
Network Configuration Report
.
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented the paper tray from being inserted correctly.
This message is displayed when the setting to confirm the paper type and size is enabled.
The machine has a mechanical problem.
-
OR
-
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine, and remove the jammed paper or foreign object. If you cannot find or remove the jammed paper, see
Related Information
:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
.
To not display this confirmation message, change the setting to Off.
See
Related Information
:
Change the
Check Paper Size Setting
.
Open the scanner cover and remove any foreign objects and paper scraps from inside the machine. If the error message continues, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
.
If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer before disconnecting the machine so you will not lose any important messages. Then, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes and reconnect it.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report
.
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer before disconnecting the
443
Error Message
Wrong Ink Cartridge
Wrong Ink Color
Cause
The ink cartridge model number is not compatible with your machine.
An ink cartridge has been installed in the wrong position.
Action
machine so you will not lose any important messages. Then, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes and reconnect it.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report
.
Verify whether the cartridge model number will work with your machine.
Check which ink cartridges are not matched by color to their ink cartridge positions and move them to their correct positions.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Error Message
B&W 1-sided Print
Only
Replace ink.
Cannot Detect
Cause
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Action
One or more of the color ink cartridges have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in black & white mode for approximately four weeks depending on the number of pages you print.
While this message appears on the touchscreen, each operation works in the following way:
• Printing
If the media type is set to
Plain Paper
in the
Basic
tab, and
Grayscale
is selected in the
Advanced
tab of the printer driver, you can use the machine as a black & white printer.
• Copying
If the paper type is set to
Plain
Paper
, you can make copies in black
& white.
• Faxing
If the paper type is set to
Plain
Paper
, the machine will receive and print the faxes in black & white.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
Although the Cause column lists options for using the machine after this error appears, you may not be able to use the machine until you replace the ink cartridge(s) under the following conditions:
• If you unplug the machine or remove the ink cartridge.
• If you select the
Slow Drying Paper
option on the machine or in the printer driver.
You installed a new ink cartridge too quickly and the machine did not detect it.
Take out the new ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks into place.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
A used ink cartridge was reinstalled.
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink, the machine may not detect the ink cartridge.
The ink cartridge must be replaced.
Remove the used ink cartridge and install a new one.
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
Replace the ink cartridge with a new
Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink cartridges and install the correct ink cartridges.
444
Error Message
Cannot Detect Ink
Volume
Comm.Error
Connection Error
Connection Failed
Cover is Open.
Cause
If you are not using Genuine Brother ink, the machine may not detect the ink volume.
Poor telephone line quality caused a communication error.
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
The Brother machine and your mobile device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
The scanner cover is not locked in the closed position.
Action
Use a new Genuine Brother Ink Cartridge.
If the error is not cleared, call Brother
Customer Service.
Send the fax again or connect the machine to another telephone line. If the problem continues, call the telephone company and ask them to check your telephone line.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the correct PIN.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it again.
Make sure the telephone line cord and interface cable (if used) have been guided correctly through the cable channel and out the back of the machine.
Data Remaining in
Memory
Disconnected
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the closed position.
Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it locks into place.
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press
. The machine will cancel the job and clear it from the memory. Try to print again.
The other person or other person's fax machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system, try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP
.
Document Jam/too Long The document was not inserted or fed correctly, or the document scanned from the ADF was too long.
DR Mode in Use The machine is in Distinctive Ring mode.
You cannot change the Receive Mode from Manual to another mode.
Remove the jammed document, and then press . Set the document in the ADF correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF)
.
See
Related Information
:
Document
Jams
.
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
See
Related Information
:
Turn off
Distinctive Ring
.
High Temperature The room temperature is too high.
After cooling the room, allow the machine to cool down to room temperature. Try again when the machine has cooled down.
445
Error Message
Hub is Unusable.
Cause
A hub or USB flash drive with hub has been connected to the USB direct interface.
Ink Absorber NearFull The ink absorber box is nearly full.
Action
Hubs, including a USB flash drive with a built-in hub, are not supported. Unplug the device from the USB direct interface.
The ink absorber box must be replaced soon. Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to have your machine serviced.
• The ink absorber box absorbs the small amount of ink emitted during print head cleaning.
Ink Absorber Pad Full The ink absorber box is full. These components are periodic maintenance items that may require replacement after a period of time to ensure optimum performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic maintenance items, the replacement is not covered under the warranty. The need to replace these items and the time period before replacement is dependent on the number of purges and flushes required to clean the ink system. These boxes acquire amounts of ink during the different purging and flushing operations. The number of times a machine purges and flushes for cleaning varies depending on different situations. For example, frequently powering the machine on and off will cause numerous cleaning cycles since the machine automatically cleans upon power up. The use of non-Brother ink may cause frequent cleanings because non-Brother ink could cause poor print quality which is resolved by cleaning. The more cleaning the machine requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered under the stated product warranty.
Ink Low One or more of the ink cartridges are near the end of their lives. If the sending machine has the ability to convert it, the color fax will be printed at your machine as a black & white fax.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Call Brother Customer Service or a
Brother Authorized Service Center to have your machine serviced.
Order a new ink cartridge. You can continue printing until the touchscreen displays
Replace Ink
Cartridges
.
.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
•
You can still scan even if the ink is low or needs to be replaced.
Jam A Inside/Front
Repeat Jam A Inside/
Front
The paper is jammed in the machine.
More than one sheet of paper was placed in the manual feed slot.
-
OR
-
Another sheet of paper was placed in the manual feed slot before the touchscreen
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper.
Do not put more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at any one time.
Wait until the touchscreen displays
Where to Place the Paper
before you feed
446
Error Message
Jam B Front
Repeat Jam B Front
Jam C Rear
Low Temperature
Media card error
Media Error
Media is Full.
No Caller ID
No Device
Cause
displayed
Where to Place the
Paper
.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
The room temperature is too low.
Action
the next sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
.
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front)
.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper.
Remove the jammed paper.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear)
.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers
.
After warming the room, allow the machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed up.
Remove the memory card(s) or USB flash drive that you are not using.
Multiple data storage devices were in the machine when it was turned on. The machine can read only one memory card or USB flash drive at a time.
The memory card is either corrupted, incorrectly formatted, or there is a problem with the memory card.
The memory card or USB flash drive you are using already contains 999 files.
The memory card or USB flash drive you are using does not have enough free space to scan the document.
There is no incoming call history. You did not receive calls or you have not subscribed to the Caller ID service from your telephone company.
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Brother machine cannot find your mobile device.
Remove the memory card from the media drive (slot) of the machine and format it correctly.
Put the card firmly into the slot again to make sure it is in the correct position. If the error remains, check the media drive
(slot) of the machine by putting in another memory card that you know is working.
Your machine can only save to your memory card or USB flash drive if it contains fewer than 999 files. Delete unused files and try again.
Delete unused files from your memory card or USB flash drive to make some free space, and then try again.
To use the Caller ID feature, call your telephone company.
See
Related Information
:
Caller ID
.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
447
Error Message
No File
No Ink Cartridge
No Paper Fed
No Response/Busy
Out of Fax Memory
Out of Memory
Cause
The paper was not inserted in the center position of the manual feed slot.
Action
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
The memory card or USB flash drive in the media drive does not contain a .JPG
file.
Put the correct memory card or USB flash drive into the slot again.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
Remove the new ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks into place.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
The machine is out of paper or paper is not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
• Refill the paper tray, and then follow the LCD instructions.
• Remove and reload the paper, and then follow the LCD instructions.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the center of the manual feed slot, and then follow the LCD instructions.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed correctly.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed evenly at both ends.
See
Related Information
:
Printer Jam or
Paper Jam
.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers
.
Verify the number and try again.
The number you dialed does not answer or is busy.
The fax memory is full.
The machine's memory is full.
Do one of the following:
• Clear the data from the memory. To gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See
Related Information
:
Turn Off
Memory Receive
.
• Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See
Related Information
:
Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory
.
If a fax-sending or copy operation is in progress:
448
Error Message
Paper Size Mismatch
Paper Tray not detected
Repetitive No Paper
Fed
Replace Ink
The maximum number of devices are already connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
Cause Action
The paper size setting does not match the size of paper in the tray.
-
OR
-
You did not set the paper guides in the tray to the indicators for the paper size you are using.
• Press or
Quit
or
Close
and wait until the other operations that are in progress finish, and then try again.
• Press
Partial Print
to copy the pages scanned so far.
• Clear the data in the memory. To gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See
Related Information
:
Turn Off
Memory Receive
.
• Print the faxes stored in the memory.
See
Related Information
:
Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory
.
1. Check that the paper size you selected on the machine's display matches the size of the paper in the tray.
See
Related Information
:
Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type
.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in the correct orientation and set the paper guides at the indicators for your paper size.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
3. After you have checked the paper size and the paper orientation, follow the
LCD instructions.
If printing from your computer, make sure the paper size you selected in the printer driver matches the size of paper in the tray.
See
Related Information
:
Print Settings
(Windows)
or
Print Options (Mac)
.
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented the paper tray from being inserted correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine, and remove the jammed paper or foreign object. If you cannot find or remove the jammed paper, see
Related Information
:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
One or more of the ink cartridges have reached the end of their lives. The machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, black and white faxes will be stored in the memory.
If the sending machine has the ability to convert it, the color fax will be stored in the memory as a black and white fax.
The maximum number of mobile devices are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner (G/O).
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers
.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink
Cartridges
.
• You can still scan even if the ink is low or needs to be replaced.
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the connection status by printing the Network Configuration Report.
449
Error Message
Touchscreen Init.
Failed
Tray Settings
Unable to Clean XX
Unable to Initialize
XX
Unable to Print XX
Unable to Scan XX
Unusable Device
Disconnect device from front connector
& turn machine off & then on
Unusable Device
Please disconnect USB device.
Cause
The touchscreen was pressed before the power on initialization was completed.
Action
See
Related Information
:
Print the
Network Configuration Report
.
Make sure nothing is touching or resting on the touchscreen, especially when plugging the machine in.
Debris may be stuck between the lower part of the touchscreen and its frame.
This message is displayed when the setting to confirm the paper type and size is enabled.
The machine has a mechanical problem.
-
OR
-
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the lower part of the touchscreen and its frame and slide it back and forth to push out the debris.
To not display this confirmation message, change the setting to Off.
See
Related Information
:
Change the
Check Paper Size Setting
.
Open the scanner cover and remove any foreign objects and paper scraps from inside the machine. If the error message continues, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
See
Related Information
:
Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
.
(MFC-J690DW) If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer before disconnecting the machine so you will not lose any important messages. Then, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes and reconnect it.
(MFC-J895DW) If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report
.
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
(MFC-J690DW) If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer before disconnecting the machine so you will not lose any important messages. Then, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes and reconnect it.
(MFC-J895DW) If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report
.
A broken device is connected to the USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct interface, then press to turn the machine off and then on again.
A USB device or USB flash drive that is not supported has been connected to the
USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct interface. Turn the machine off and then on again.
450
Error Message
Wrong Ink Cartridge
Wrong Ink Color
Cause
The ink cartridge model number is not compatible with your machine.
An ink cartridge has been installed in the wrong position.
Action
Verify whether the cartridge model number will work with your machine.
Check which ink cartridges are not matched by color to their ink cartridge positions and move them to their correct positions.
Related Information
•
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
•
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
•
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
•
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
•
•
•
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
•
•
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
•
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
451
> Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
If the LCD shows:
•
[Unable to Clean XX]
•
[Unable to Initialize XX]
•
[Unable to Print XX]
•
[Unable to Scan XX]
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
.
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
See
Related Information
:
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
.
Related Information
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
•
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
•
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
•
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
•
•
452
> Error and Maintenance Messages >
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
> Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Stop/Exit
to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press
Settings
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Service]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Data Transfer]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Fax Transfer]
. Press
OK
.
4. Do one of the following:
• If the LCD displays
[No Data]
, there are no faxes left in the machine's memory.
Press c
, and then press
Stop/Exit
.
• Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
5. Press
Black Start
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Service]
>
[Data Transfer]
>
[Fax Transfer]
.
3. Do one of the following:
• If the touchscreen displays
[No Data]
, there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory.
Press
[Close]
, and then press .
• Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
4. Press
[Fax Start]
.
Related Information
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
453
> Error and Maintenance Messages >
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
> Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
You can transfer the faxes from your machine's memory to your computer.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Stop/Exit
to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on
PC-FAX
Receive
on the computer. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
From the (
Start
) menu, select
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Receive
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Receive
.
3. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set
[PC Fax Receive]
on the machine.
Press a
or b
to select
[Backup Print: On]
or
[Backup Print: Off]
. Press
OK
.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the LCD will ask if you want to transfer the faxes to your computer.
Press c
to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on
PC-FAX
Receive
on the computer. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
From the (
Start
) menu, select
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Receive
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Click (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
PC-FAX
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Receive
.
3. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
454
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set
[PC Fax Receive]
on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the touchscreen will ask if you want to transfer the faxes to your computer.
(MFC-J895DW) If Fax Preview is set to Off, you will be asked if you want to print backup copies.
Press
[Yes]
to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
Related Information
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
455
> Error and Maintenance Messages >
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
> Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Stop/Exit
to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press
Settings
.
3. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Service]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Data Transfer]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Report Transfer]
. Press
OK
.
4. Enter the fax number where Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
5. Press
Black Start
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press
Transfer]
.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Service]
>
[Data Transfer]
>
[Report
3. Enter the fax number where the Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
4. Press
[Fax Start]
.
Related Information
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
456
> Error and Maintenance Messages > Error Messages When Using the Brother
Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are shown in the following chart.
You can correct most errors yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
Connection Error
Error Messages
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Connection Error 02
Network is not connected.
Check that the machine is connected to the network.
(MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Connection Error 02
Network is not connected.
Check that the machine is connected to the network.
Cause
The machine is not connected to a network.
Action
• Verify that the network connection is good.
• If the
Web
or
Apps
option was pressed soon after the machine was turned on, the network connection may not have been established yet. Wait and try again.
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
(MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW)
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Set the correct Date&Time.
(MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Set the correct Date&Time.
• Network or server settings are incorrect.
• There is a problem with the network or server.
• Confirm that network settings are correct, or wait and try again later.
• If the
Web
or
Apps
option was pressed soon after the machine was turned on, the network connection may not have been established yet. Wait and try again.
Date and time settings are incorrect.
Set the date and time correctly. Note that if the machine's power cord is disconnected, the date and time settings may have reset to factory settings.
457
Authentication Error
Error Messages
Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter
PIN correctly.
Authentication Error 02
Incorrect or expired ID, or this temporary ID is already used. Enter correctly or reissue temporary ID.
Temporary ID is valid for 24 hours after it is issued.
Cause
The PIN you entered to access the account is incorrect. The PIN is the four-digit number that was entered when registering the account to the machine.
The temporary ID that was entered is incorrect.
The temporary ID that was entered has expired. A temporary ID is valid for 24 hours.
Authentication Error 03
Display name has already been registered. Enter another display name.
The name you entered as the display name has already been registered to another service user.
Action
Enter the correct PIN.
Enter the correct temporary ID.
Apply for Brother Web Connect access again and receive a new temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the machine.
Enter a different display name.
Server Error
Error Messages
Server Error 01
Authentication failed. Do the following: 1. Go to http://bwc.brother.com to get a new temporary ID. 2.
Press OK and enter your new temporary ID in the next screen.
Server Error 03
Failed to upload.
Unsupported file or corrupt data. Confirm data of file.
Server Error 13
Service temporarily unavailable. Try again later.
Cause
The machine's authentication information (needed to access the service) has expired or is invalid.
The file you are trying to upload may have one of the following problems:
• The file exceeds the service's limit on number of pixels, file size, etc.
• The file type is not supported.
• The file is corrupted.
There is a problem with the service and it cannot be used now.
Action
Apply for Brother Web Connect access again to receive a new temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the machine.
The file cannot be used:
• Check the service's size or format restrictions.
• Save the file as a different type.
• If possible, get a new, uncorrupted version of the file.
Wait and try again. If you get the message again, access the service from a computer to confirm if it is unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages
Shortcut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please register account and shortcut again after deleting this shortcut.
Cause
The shortcut cannot be used because the account was deleted after the shortcut was registered.
Action
Delete the shortcut, and then register the account and shortcut again.
Related Information
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
458
> Document Jams
Document Jams
•
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
•
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
•
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
459
> Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
1. Remove any paper that is not jammed from the ADF.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the jammed document by pulling it upward.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Press
Stop/Exit
or .
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the center.
Related Information
•
460
> Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
1. Remove any paper that is not jammed from the ADF.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the left.
4. Close the document cover.
5. Press
Stop/Exit
or .
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the center.
Related Information
•
461
> Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
or .
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the center.
Related Information
•
462
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Locate and remove the jammed paper.
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
463
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/
Front)
If the LCD displays
[Jam A Inside/Front]
or
[Repeat Jam A Inside/Front]
, follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open position.
1
5. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
464
1
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT touch the encoder strip, a thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(1). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
1
• If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration (2), you cannot move it. Follow these steps: a. Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord.
b. Open the scanner cover again, and then hold down
Stop/Exit
or until the print head moves to the center.
c. Unplug the machine from the power source and remove the jammed paper.
2
3
465
• If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then move the print head to take out the paper.
Hold the concave areas with the triangle marks as shown in the illustration (3) to move the print head.
• If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
If your LCD error message was
[Repeat Jam A Inside/Front]
, move the print head (if needed) to take out any paper remaining in this area. Make sure scraps of paper are not left in the corners of the machine (1) and (2).
2
1
When finished, continue with the next step.
6. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
7. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
466
If your LCD error message was
[Repeat Jam A Inside/Front]
, do the following: a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1 b. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1 c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
When finished, continue with the next step.
8. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
467
9. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
10. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
468
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
If the LCD displays
[Jam B Front]
or
[Repeat Jam B Front]
, follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
1
469
If your LCD error message was
[Repeat Jam B Front]
, do the following: a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1 b. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1 c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
When finished, continue with the next step.
5. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
470
6. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
7. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
471
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear)
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
If the LCD displays
[Jam C Rear]
, follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
Depending on the paper size, it is easier to remove the jammed paper from the front of the machine rather than from the back of the machine.
4. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1
5. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
472
6. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
7. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
8. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
1
9. Reconnect the power cord.
2
473
Additional paper jam clear operations
(MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
If the LCD error message continues to appear and you repeatedly experience paper jams, do the following:
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet and open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Load one sheet of thick A4 or Letter sized paper, such as glossy paper, in the manual feed slot. Insert the paper deep into the manual feed slot.
3. Re-connect the power cord.
The paper you placed in the manual feed slot will be fed through the machine and ejected. If the thick paper is pushing any jammed paper out, remove the jammed paper.
Related Information
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
474
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made from within that country.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems yourself.
If you need additional help, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
•
•
475
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Paper Handling and Printing
Problems
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Printing Difficulties
Difficulties
No printout
Suggestions
Check that the correct printer driver has been installed and selected.
Check to see if the machine's display is showing an error message.
See
Related Information
:
Error and Maintenance Messages
.
Check that the machine is online:
• Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start)
>
Control Panel
>
Hardware and Sound
>
Printers
. Rightclick
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is your model name). Make sure
Use Printer Online
is not listed. If it is listed, click this option to set the driver Online.
• Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
. Right-click
Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer
(where XXXX is your model name) and click
See what's printing
.
Click
Printer
in the menu bar. Make sure
Use Printer Offline
is not selected.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
. Right-click the
Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer
(where XXXX is your model name). Click
See what's printing
. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer
in the menu bar and make sure
Use Printer Offline
is not selected.
• Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
. Right-click the
Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer
(where XXXX is your model name). Click
See what’s printing
. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer
in the menu bar and make sure
Use Printer Offline
is not selected.
• Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
. Right-click the
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is your model name). Click
See what's printing
. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer
in the menu bar and make sure
Use Printer Offline
is not selected.
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Click
Control Panel
on the
Start
screen. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
. Right-click the
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where
XXXX is your model name). Click
See what’s printing
. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer
in the menu bar and make sure
Use Printer Offline
is not selected.
One or more ink cartridges have reached the end of their life.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink Cartridges
.
If old, unprinted data remains in the printer driver spooler, it will prevent new print jobs from printing. Open the printer icon and delete all data as follows:
• Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start)
>
Control Panel
>
Hardware and Sound
>
Printers
.
• Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
476
Difficulties Suggestions
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
>
Printers and Faxes
.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
• Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
• Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Click
Control Panel
on the
Start
screen. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
• Mac
Click the
System Preferences
>
Printers & Scanners
.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the page. Adjust the top and bottom margins in your document to allow for this.
See
Related Information
:
Unprintable Area
.
The headers or footers appear when the document is displayed on the screen but do not appear when the document is printed.
Cannot perform ‘Page Layout’ printing.
Print speed is too slow.
Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer driver are the same.
Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest resolution needs longer data processing, sending and printing time. Try the other quality settings in the printer driver as follows:
• Windows
In the printer driver, clear the
Color Enhancement (True2Life)
check box on the
Advanced
tab.
• Mac
In the printer driver, select
Color Settings
, click
Advanced Color Settings
, and make sure you clear the
Color Enhancement
check box.
Turn the Borderless feature off. Borderless printing is slower than normal printing.
See
Related Information
:
Print Settings (Windows)
or
Print a Photo (Mac)
.
Turn off the Quiet Mode setting. Print speed is slower in Quiet Mode.
See
Related Information
:
Reduce Printing Noise
.
Print Quality Difficulties
Difficulties
Poor print quality
Suggestions
Check the print quality.
See
Related Information
:
Check the Print Quality
.
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer driver or the Paper Type setting in the machine’s menu matches the type of paper you are using.
See
Related Information
:
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
.
See
Related Information
:
Print Settings (Windows)
or
Print Options (Mac)
.
Make sure your ink cartridges are fresh. The following may cause ink to clog:
• The expiration date written on the cartridge package has passed.
• The ink cartridge has been in your machine for over six months.
• The ink cartridge may not have been stored correctly before use.
477
Difficulties
White lines appear in text or graphics.
Suggestions
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink. Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
Make sure you are using one of the recommended types of paper.
See
Related Information
:
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
.
The recommended environment for your machine is between 68 °F to 91 °F
(20°C to 33°C).
Clean the print head.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
or
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
Try using the recommended types of paper.
See
Related Information
:
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
The machine prints blank pages.
Check the print quality.
See
Related Information
:
Check the Print Quality
.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Characters and lines are blurred.
Check the printing alignment.
See
Related Information
:
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
.
Change the print setting options.
See
Related Information
:
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing
Problems
.
Printed text or images are skewed.
Smudge or stain at the top center of the printed page.
Printing appears dirty or ink seems to run.
Ink is smudged or wet when using glossy photo paper.
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray and the paper guides are adjusted correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
Make sure the paper is not too thick or curled.
See
Related Information
:
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
.
Make sure you are using the recommended types of paper. Do not handle the paper until the ink is dry.
See
Related Information
:
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
.
Make sure the printing surface is face down in the paper tray.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
If you are using photo paper, make sure the glossy side of the photo paper is face down in the tray and you have set the correct paper type. If you are printing a photo from your computer, set the Media Type in the printer driver.
Be sure to check the front and back of the paper. Place the glossy surface
(printing surface) face down.
See
Related Information
:
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
.
478
Difficulties
Stains appear on the reverse side or at the bottom of the page.
Suggestions
If you use glossy photo paper, make sure the paper type setting is correct.
Make sure the printer platen is not dirty with ink.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
Make sure you are using the paper support flap.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
Make sure the paper feed rollers are not dirty with ink.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
.
The machine prints dense lines on the page.
Windows
Select
Reverse Order
in the
Basic
tab of the printer driver.
The printouts are wrinkled.
• Windows
In the printer driver, select the
Advanced
tab, click
Other Print Options
, and then click
Advanced Color Settings
. Clear the
Bi-Directional Printing
check box.
• Mac
In the printer driver, select
Print Settings
, click
Advanced
, select
Other Print
Options
, and clear the
Bi-Directional Printing
check box.
Make sure you are using Genuine Brother Ink.
Paper Handling Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine does not feed paper. Make sure the paper tray is pushed in all the way until it locks into place.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine is closed.
(MFC-J690DW)
Return the photo bypass tray to the Normal printing position when you use cut sheet paper.
See
Related Information
:
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Bypass Tray
.
If the machine's LCD displays a Paper Jam message and you still have a problem, see
Related Information
:
Error and Maintenance Messages
.
Photo paper does not feed correctly.
Machine feeds multiple pages.
If the paper tray is empty, load a new stack of paper into the paper tray.
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled, straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and put it back in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
.
Make sure that the paper is within specifications for the machine.
See
Related Information
:
Paper Weight and Thickness
.
When you print on Brother Photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray. An extra sheet has been included in the paper package for this purpose.
• Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
• Remove all the paper from the tray and fan the stack of paper well, then put it back in the tray.
• Make sure you do not push the paper in too far.
See
Related Information
:
Load Paper
.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
.
479
Difficulties
There is a paper jam.
The paper jams when you use 2sided copy or 2-sided print.
Suggestions
Make sure the Base Pad in the paper tray is not dirty.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Base Pad
.
See
Related Information
:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
Use the jam prevention settings.
For copying
See
Related Information
:
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing
Problems
.
For printing
See
Related Information
:
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows)
or
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
.
If paper jams occur frequently during 2-sided copying or 2-sided printing, the paper feed rollers may be stained with ink. Clean the paper feed rollers.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
.
Printing Received Faxes
Difficulties
• Condensed print
• Horizontal streaks
• Top and bottom sentences are cut off
• Missing lines
Black lines when receiving.
Suggestions
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your copy looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or interference on the telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
Left and right margins are cut off or a single page is printed on two pages.
Received color fax prints only in black and white.
The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if the problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.
If the received faxes are divided and printed on two pages or if you get an extra blank page, your paper size setting may not be correct for the paper you are using.
See
Related Information
:
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
.
Turn on Auto Reduction.
See
Related Information
:
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
.
Replace the color ink cartridges that have reached the end of their life, and then ask the other person to send the color fax again.
See
Related Information
:
Replace the Ink Cartridges
.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
•
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
•
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
•
480
•
Load Photo or Photo L Paper in Photo Bypass Tray
•
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
•
•
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•
•
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
•
•
•
•
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
•
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
•
481
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties
Dialing does not work. (No dial tone)
The machine does not answer when called.
Suggestions
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you subscribe to DSL, VoIP or MagicJack services, call your service provider for connection instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP)
.
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
.
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
See
Related Information
:
Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
.
Send a manual fax by pressing the Hook button, and dialing the number. Wait to hear fax-receiving tones before pressing the Start button.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line cord to the jack. Then lift the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line and/or wall jack.
Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
See
Related Information
:
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is still no answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If there is no ringing when you call your machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties
The machine ‘Hears’ a voice as a
CNG Tone.
Suggestions
If Easy Receive is set to On, your machine is more sensitive to sounds. It may mistakenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a fax machine calling and respond with fax receiving tones. Deactivate the machine by pressing
Stop/
Exit
or . Try avoiding this problem by turning Easy Receive to Off.
Sending a Fax Call to the machine.
See
Related Information
:
Set Easy Receive
.
If you answered on an extension telephone, press your Fax Receive Code (the factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external telephone (connected to the EXT. jack), press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features on a single line.
If you have Call Waiting, Call Waiting/Caller ID, Caller ID, Voice Mail, an answering machine, an alarm system or other custom feature on a single telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving faxes.
For Example:
If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and its signal comes through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a fax, the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother’s ECM (Error
Correction Mode) feature should help overcome this problem. This condition is related to the telephone system industry and is common to all devices that send and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If avoiding
482
Difficulties
Receiving Faxes
Difficulties
Cannot receive a fax.
Suggestions
a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate telephone line with no custom features.
Suggestions
Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you hear static or interference on your fax line, contact your local telephone provider.
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. If you subscribe to
DSL, VoIP, or MagicJack services, call your service provider for connection instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP)
. This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
.
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the external devices and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as the Brother machine.
See
Related Information
:
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
.
• If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine, you should select the External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your
Brother machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and voice callers will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
• If your Brother machine shares the line with a Voice Mail subscriber service, see
Related Information
:
Voice Mail
.
• If your Brother machine is on a line with the Distinctive Ring subscriber service, see
Related Information
:
Distinctive Ring
.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode.
In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive faxes automatically and produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to answer voice calls.
• If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes automatically, you should select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must answer every incoming call and activate the machine to receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your
Brother machine answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
• If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to one ring.
See
Related Information
:
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
.
• If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings programmed on your answering machine to two.
• If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
• If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly.
Remember to reset your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to your original setting. If receiving problems recur after resetting the Ring Delay, then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering the fax call before the machine has a chance to answer.
• If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber service may be interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem with your fax line.
483
Difficulties Suggestions
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the same line as the Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Connect an External TAD
.
1. Plug the telephone line cord directly from the telephone wall jack to your
Brother machine’s LINE jack.
2. Remove the protective cap from your Brother machine’s EXT jack, and then plug the telephone line cord from your answering machine into the EXT jack.
3. Set your answering machine to answer within four rings.
If you are having problems receiving faxes or voice messages, set your answering machine to answer within two or three rings.
4. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
• Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message.
• Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
• End your outgoing message with your Fax Receive Code for people sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
5. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
6. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External TAD.
See
Related Information
:
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
.
Make sure your Brother machine’s Easy Receive feature is turned On. Easy
Receive is a feature that allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call on an external or extension telephone.
See
Related Information
:
Set Easy Receive
.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP)
.
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
.
Sending Faxes
Difficulties
Cannot send a fax.
Poor sending quality.
Transmission Verification Report says RESULT:NG.
Suggestions
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall jack and the LINE jack of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you subscribe to DSL, VoIP, or magicJack services, call your service provider for connection instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP)
.
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.
See
Related Information
:
Print Reports
.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your machine’s scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Scanner
.
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again.
If you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:NG on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory. To free up extra memory, you can turn off Fax Storage, print fax messages in memory or cancel a delayed fax. If the problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your telephone line.
See
Related Information
:
Turn Off Memory Receive
.
See
Related Information
:
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
.
484
Difficulties Suggestions
See
Related Information
:
Cancel a Fax in Progress
.
See
Related Information
:
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
See
Related Information
:
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
.
Sent faxes are blank.
Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF)
.
See
Related Information
:
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
.
Vertical black lines when sending. Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Scanner
.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
•
•
Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
•
•
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
•
•
•
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
•
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
485
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Setting the Dial Tone to
[Detection]
will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Dial Tone]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Detection]
or
[No Detection]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Dial Tone]
.
2. Press
[Detection]
or
[No Detection]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
486
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
If you are having problems sending or receiving a fax due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, we recommend changing the modem speed to minimize errors in fax operations.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Compatibility]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Normal]
or
[Basic(for VoIP)]
. Press
OK
.
•
[Basic(for VoIP)]
reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off color fax receiving and
Error Correction Mode (ECM), except for color fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting to
[Basic(for VoIP)]
.
•
[Normal]
sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
• VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Compatibility]
.
2. Press the option you want.
•
[Basic(for VoIP)]
reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off color fax receiving and Error
Correction Mode (ECM), except for color fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting to
[Basic(for VoIP)]
.
•
[Normal]
sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press .
• VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line.
Related Information
•
•
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
487
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Other Problems
Other Problems
Copying Difficulties
Difficulties
Black lines or streaks appear in copies.
Suggestions
Black lines on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip, scanner glass, and the white bar and white plastic above them.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Scanner
.
A
Black marks or spots appear in copies.
Dark lines appear at regular intervals.
Black marks or spots on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the scanner glass. Clean the scanner glass and white plastic above it.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Scanner
.
Check and adjust the paper feed.
See
Related Information
:
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
.
Copies are blank.
Poor copy results when using the
ADF.
(ADF models)
Fit to Page does not work correctly.
Scanning Difficulties
Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See
Related Information
:
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF)
.
See
Related Information
:
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
.
Try using the scanner glass.
See
Related Information
:
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
.
Make sure the document is not skewed on the scanner glass. Reposition the document and try again.
Difficulties
TWAIN or WIA errors appear when starting to scan. (Windows)
OCR does not work.
Poor scanning results when using the ADF. (Black lines appear in the scanned data.)
(ADF models)
Suggestions
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected as the primary source in your scanning application. For example, in Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE, click
Desktop
>
Scan Settings
>
Select
to choose the Brother TWAIN/WIA driver.
Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Clean the white bar and the glass strip underneath it.
See
Related Information
:
Clean the Scanner
.
Try using the scanner glass.
See
Related Information
:
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
.
PhotoCapture Center Difficulties (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Difficulties
Removable Disk does not work correctly.
Suggestions
Make sure the Removable Disk function is set to on.
If the problem continues, make the following steps:
488
Difficulties
Cannot access Removable Disk from the computer.
Part of my photo is missing when printed.
Suggestions
1. Take out the memory card or USB Flash drive and put it back in again.
2. If you have tried “Eject” from within Windows, take out the memory card or
USB Flash drive before you continue.
3. If an error message appears when you try to eject the memory card or USB
Flash drive, it means the card is being accessed. Wait a while, and then try again.
4. If all of the above do not work, turn off your computer and machine, and then turn them on again.
Make sure the Removable Disk function is set to on and you have correctly inserted the memory card or USB Flash drive.
Make sure Borderless printing and Cropping are turned off.
See
Related Information
:
Print Borderless Photos from Media
.
See
Related Information
:
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
.
Software Difficulties
Difficulties
Cannot print.
“Device Busy” appears on the computer screen.
Suggestions
Uninstall and reinstall the Brother driver.
Make sure the machine is not showing an error message on the machine's display.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
•
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•
Print Borderless Photos from Media
•
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
489
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Network Problems
Network Problems
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
•
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
•
490
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Use the
Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
• Windows 7/Windows 8/Windows 10
You must log on with Administrator rights.
• Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Option
Windows 7
Windows 8/
Windows 10
Description
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Network Connection Repair Tool
.
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Network Connection Repair Tool
.
If the
User Account Control
screen appears, click
Yes
.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the
Enable Connection Repair
Tool
option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click
Other Settings
>
Enable Connection Repair Tool
. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
•
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
491
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Where
Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
492
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> I Cannot
Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause
Your security settings (SSID/
Network Key) are not correct.
Action
• Confirm the security settings using the Wireless Setup Helper utility. For more information and to download the utility, go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
.
• Select and confirm that you are using the correct security settings.
See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router for information on how to find the security settings.
The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security settings.
Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Your Brother machine's MAC address is not allowed.
Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's control panel.
Your wireless LAN access point/router is in stealth mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
Your security settings (SSID/ password) are not correct.
• Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
• Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and reconfigure the wireless network setup.
• Confirm the SSID and password.
When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s screen.
Interface
Wireless
Wireless
Wireless
Wi-Fi Direct
You are using Android
™
4.0. If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a G/O.
Your Brother machine is placed too far from your mobile device.
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 meter) of the mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area.
There are some obstructions
(walls or furniture, for example) between your machine and the mobile device.
There is a wireless computer, Bluetoothsupported device, microwave oven, or digital cordless phone near the
Brother machine or the mobile device.
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but still cannot complete the Wi-Fi
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile device.
• Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
493
Cause
Direct configuration, do the following:
Action
• If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network, and then check how many devices are connected.
Interface
For Windows
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Related Information
•
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
•
494
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> My Brother
Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the
Network
Cause
Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.
(The Network scanning feature does not work. )
Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not work.)
(Windows)
Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.
Your Brother machine was not assigned an available
IP address.
Action
• Windows
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type the information below:
In
Name
:
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
In
Port number
:
Type 54925.
In
Protocol
:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
• Mac
(Brother iPrint&Scan)
In the
Finder
menu bar, click
Go
>
Applications
, and then doubleclick the Brother iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan window appears. Click the
Select your Machine
button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.
(TWAIN driver)
In the
Finder
menu bar, click
Go
>
Applications
>
Brother
, and then double-click the Device Selector icon. The Device Selector window appears. Reselect your network machine, make sure
Status
is
idle
, and then click
OK
.
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
• In
Name
:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
• In
Port number
:
Type 54926.
• In
Protocol
:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Some security software might block access without showing a security alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask the software manufacturer.
• Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
• Windows
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
• Mac
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
495
Cause
The failed print job is still in your computer's print queue.
Action
Check your network devices using the ping command. For more information on how to confirm your network settings, see
Related
Information
:
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
.
• If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it.
• Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and cancel all documents:
Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
>
Printers and
Faxes
.
Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
.
In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
Windows Server 2008
Click
Start
>
Control Panel
>
Printers
.
Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
>
Control Panel
.
In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
>
Printers
.
Windows Server 2012 R2
Click
Control Panel
on the
Start
screen. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
.
macOS v10.10.5, v10.11.x, v10.12
Click
System Preferences
>
Printers & Scanners
.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report.
Wireless Your Brother machine is not connected to the wireless network.
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the
Brother software and drivers and reinstall them.
Related Information
•
•
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
•
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
496
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> I Want to
Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check
Check that your Brother machine, access point/ router, or network hub is turned on.
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother machine from your computer.
Action
Check the following:
• The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is turned on.
• The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is blinking.
• All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
• The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
• The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• (For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or the node name in the Windows command prompt or Mac Terminal application: ping
<ipaddress>
or
<nodename>
.
• Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and connected to the same network as your computer.
• Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same network as your computer.
(Windows)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair
Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Mac)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Check that your Brother machine is connected to the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report.
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.
Related Information
•
•
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
497
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
>
Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
> Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check the IP addresses of both your computer and your Brother machine, and then confirm whether the network is operating correctly.
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows)
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
>> Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows7
Click /
Start
>
All Programs
>
Accessories
>
Command Prompt
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Search
>
Command Prompt
.
• Windows 10
Click >
Windows System
>
Command Prompt
.
2. Type "ipconfig" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
4. Type "exit" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
1. Select
System Preferences
from the Apple menu.
2. Click
Network
>
Advanced
>
TCP/IP
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Print the Network Configuration Report, and confirm the values for the IP address and subnet mask.
Check the IP addresses for both your computer and your Brother machine. Confirm that the network address portions are the same. For example, if the subnet mask is "255.255.255.0", it is normal for only the host address portions to be different.
IP Address
Network Address Host Address
192.168.100.
250
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.
0
Set the final number, which corresponds to "0" in the subnet mask, to 1–254.
Usually, there are no problems when the subnet mask is
"255.255.255.0". Use the same value for all of your computers.
Related Information
•
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
498
•
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
499
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Google Cloud Print Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
Difficulty
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list.
I cannot print.
I cannot register my Brother machine with Google Cloud
™
.
I do not see a confirmation message on my Brother machine when I try to register with Google Cloud Print
™ even after repeating the registration steps.
,
Suggestions
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm that Google Cloud Print
™
is enabled.
Confirm that your machine is registered with Google
Cloud Print
™
. If it is not registered, try to register again.
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm your network settings. See
Related Information
.
Certain files may not be printable, or may not appear exactly as they are displayed.
Make sure your machine is connected to a network with
Internet access.
Verify that the date and time are set correctly on your machine.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle while you are registering with Google Cloud Print
™
.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
500
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list.
I cannot print.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Suggestions
Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access point/router, or to your Brother machine.
Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Make sure you are running the latest OS version.
Refer to the following Apple support article for more information about AirPrint: support.apple.com/kb/HT4356 .
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
501
> Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your Brother machine's serial number, firmware version, and firmware update.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select
[Machine Info.]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select one of the following options:
Option
Serial No.
Description
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Home screen.
4. Press
OK
.
5. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Machine Info.]
.
2. Press one of the following options:
Option
Serial No.
Description
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Home screen.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
502
> Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Your Brother Machine
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Reset]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select the reset option you want to use. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Reset]
.
2. Press the reset option you want to use.
3. Press
[OK]
for two seconds to reboot the machine.
Related Information
•
•
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
503
> Reset Your Brother Machine > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
IMPORTANT
(MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
The following reset functions are available:
1.
[Machine Reset]
You can reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
The Address Book, Fax Reports, and Call History will remain. (MFC models)
2.
[Network]
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3.
[Address Book & Fax]
(MFC models)
Address Book & Fax resets the following settings:
• Address Book and Setup Groups
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Delayed Fax and Delayed Batch Transmission
• Station ID
Name and Number
• Remote Fax Options (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
• Report
Transmission Verification Report, Address Book and Fax Journal
• History
Caller ID history and Outgoing Call
• Faxes in memory
4.
[All Settings]
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
(MFC-J895DW)
Unplug the interface cable before you select
[Network]
or
[All Settings]
.
Related Information
•
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
504
Routine Maintenance
•
•
•
•
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
•
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
•
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
505
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace the Ink Cartridges
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Your Brother machine is equipped with an ink dot counter. The ink dot counter automatically monitors the level of ink in each of the four cartridges. When the machine detects an ink cartridge is running out of ink, the machine will display a message.
The LCD displays which ink cartridge is low or needs replacing. Be sure to follow the LCD prompts to replace the ink cartridges in the correct order.
Even though the machine tells you to replace an ink cartridge, there will be a small amount of ink left in the ink cartridge. It is necessary to keep some ink in the ink cartridge to prevent air from drying out and damaging the print head assembly.
CAUTION
If ink gets in your eyes, wash it out with water at once and call a doctor if you are concerned.
IMPORTANT
Brother strongly recommends that you do not refill the ink cartridges provided with your machine. We also strongly recommend that you continue to use only Genuine Brother Brand replacement ink cartridges. Use or attempted use of potentially incompatible ink and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our warranty coverage does not apply to any problem that is caused by the use of unauthorized third-party ink and/or cartridges. To protect your investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the use of
Genuine Brother Supplies.
1. Open the ink cartridge cover (1).
If one or more of the ink cartridges needs replacing, the LCD displays
[B&W Print Only]
,
[B&W 1-sided
Print Only]
or
[Replace Ink]
.
1
If the black cartridge is empty, the only message that will appear is
[Replace Ink]
. You must replace the black cartridge.
2. Press the lock release lever to release the cartridge color indicated on the LCD and remove the cartridge from the machine, as shown in the illustration.
506
3. Open the new ink cartridge bag for the color indicated on the LCD, and take out the ink cartridge.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT touch the cartridge in the area indicated (1); this can prevent the machine from detecting the cartridge.
1
• Quickly shake just the
black
ink cartridge horizontally 15 times as shown, before inserting it into the machine.
4. Insert the ink cartridge in the direction of the arrow on the label.
Each color has its own correct position.
5. Gently push the area marked “PUSH” until the ink cartridge locks into place, and then close the ink cartridge cover.
507
The machine will automatically reset the ink dot counter.
If the LCD displays
[No Ink Cartridge]
or
[Cannot Detect]
after you install the ink cartridge, check that the ink cartridge is installed correctly. Remove the ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly until it locks into place.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT shake the ink cartridges. If ink stains your skin or clothing, wash with soap or detergent at once.
• DO NOT take out ink cartridges if you do not need to replace them; the machine will not know the quantity of ink left in the cartridge.
• DO NOT touch the cartridge insertion slots; the ink may stain your skin.
• If you mix the colors by installing an ink cartridge in the wrong position, the LCD shows
[Wrong Ink
Color]
.
Check which ink cartridges are not matched by color to their ink cartridge positions and move them to their proper positions.
• When you open an ink cartridge, install it in the machine and use it up within six months of installation.
Use unopened ink cartridges by the expiration date written on the cartridge package.
• DO NOT dismantle or tamper with the ink cartridge; this can cause the ink to leak out of the cartridge.
Related Information
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
508
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine
Clean Your Brother Machine
•
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
•
•
Clean the Outside of the Machine
•
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
•
•
•
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
509
> Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the scanner glass (2) and the white plastic (3) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
1
3
2
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the glass strip (2) with a lint-free cloth moistened with water. (ADF models only)
1
2
(ADF models only)
In addition to cleaning the scanner glass and glass strip with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, run your fingertip over the glass to see if you can feel anything on it. If you feel dirt or debris, clean the glass again concentrating on that area. You may need to repeat the cleaning process three or four times. To test, make a copy after each cleaning attempt.
When there is a spot of dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip, the printed sample shows a vertical line.
After the glass strip is cleaned, the vertical line is gone.
510
Related Information
•
•
•
511
> Clean the Print Head from Your Brother
Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
• Clean the print head if there is a horizontal line or a blank space in the text or graphics on printed pages.
Depending on the problem color, select to clean Black only, three colors at a time (Yellow/Cyan/Magenta), or all four colors at once.
• Cleaning the print head consumes ink.
• Cleaning too often uses ink unnecessarily.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print head's warranty.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Print Head Cleaning]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Black only]
,
[Color only]
, or
[All]
. Press
OK
.
e. Select
[Normal]
,
[Strong]
, or
[Strongest]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
.
The machine cleans the print head.
• If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Genuine Brother Brand replacement ink cartridge for each problem color. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact Brother Customer Service.
• You can also clean the print head from your computer.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Print Head Cleaning]
.
2. Press
[Black only]
,
[Color only]
, or
[All]
.
3. Press
[Normal]
,
[Strong]
, or
[Strongest]
.
4. Press
[Start]
.
The machine cleans the print head.
• If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Genuine Brother Brand replacement ink cartridge for each problem color. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact Brother Customer Service.
• You can also clean the print head from your computer.
512
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
513
> Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Windows)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start)
>
Control Panel
>
Hardware and Sound
>
Printers
.
• For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start)
>
Devices and Printers
.
• For Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
, and then click
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click
Settings
, and then click
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click
Control Panel
on the
Start
screen. In the
Hardware
group, click
View devices and printers
.
• For Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click >
Windows System
>
Control Panel
. In the
Hardware and Sound
group, click
View devices and printers
.
2. Right-click the
Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select
Printing preferences
. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
3. Click the
Maintenance
tab.
4. Select one of the following options:
Option
Check Print Quality...
Description
Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning...
Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces appear in text or graphics on the test page.
5. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the
Check Print Quality...
option, click
Start
.
The machine prints the test page.
• If you selected the
Print Head Cleaning...
option, select the
Black only
,
Color only
, or
All
option for the cleaning type, and then click
Next
.
6. Select the
Normal
,
Strong
, or
Strongest
option for the cleaning strength, and then click
Next
.
7. Click
Start
.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
514
> Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Mac)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Mac)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Select
System Preferences
from the Apple menu.
2. Select
Printers & Scanners
, and then select the machine.
3. Click the
Options & Supplies
button.
4. Click the
Utility
tab, and then click the
Open Printer Utility
button.
The Status Monitor screen appears.
5. Click the
Control
menu, and then select
Maintenance
.
6. Select one of the following options:
Option
Check Print Quality...
Description
Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning...
Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces appear in text or graphics on the test page.
7. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the
Check Print Quality...
option, click
Start
.
The machine prints the test page.
• If you selected the
Print Head Cleaning...
option, select
Black only
,
Color only
, or
All
option for the cleaning type, and then click
Next
.
8. Select the
Normal
,
Strong
, or
Strongest
option for the cleaning strength, and then click
Next
.
9. Click
Start
.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
515
> Clean the Machine's LCD
Clean the Machine's LCD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold down to turn off the machine. The LCD displays
[Shutting Down]
for a few seconds before the power goes off.
2. Clean the LCD with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
Related Information
•
516
> Clean the Outside of the Machine
Clean the Outside of the Machine
IMPORTANT
• Cleaning with volatile liquids such as thinner or benzine will damage the outside surface of the machine.
• DO NOT use cleaning materials that contain ammonia.
• DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Wipe the outside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
4. Lift the output paper tray cover and remove anything that is stuck inside the paper tray.
5. Wipe the inside and the outside of the paper tray with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
6. Close the output paper tray cover and slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
•
517
> Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
WARNING
Be sure to unplug the machine from the AC power outlet before cleaning the printer platen to avoid an electrical shock.
1. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open position.
2. Clean the machine’s printer platen (1) and the area around it, wiping off scattered ink with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
1
2
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the encoder strip, the thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(2). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
4. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
518
> Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed rollers are stained with ink or have a buildup of paper dust, it may cause paper feed problems.
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
4. Clean the front side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, using a side-to-side motion. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
5. Lift the Jam Clear Flap (2), and then clean the back side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1 2
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
7. Reconnect the power cord.
Do not use the machine again until the rollers are dry. Using the machine before the rollers are dry may cause paper feed problems.
519
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
520
> Clean the Base Pad
Clean the Base Pad
Cleaning the Base Pad periodically may prevent the machine from feeding multiple sheets of paper when there are only a few sheets of paper left in the tray.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Clean the Base Pad (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
For MFC-J690DW, clean also the Base Pad (2) for the photo bypass tray with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
After cleaning, wipe the pad with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
2
In Canada, the photo bypass tray is called the photo paper tray.
4. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
521
> Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds correctly.
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
3. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
4. Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the rollers so that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
5. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
6. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
522
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine
Check Your Brother Machine
•
•
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
•
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Mac)
523
Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Quality
Check the Print Quality
If faded or streaked colors and text appear or if text is missing on your printouts, the print head nozzles may be clogged. Print the Print Quality Check Sheet and look at the nozzle check pattern.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Impr. PrintQuality]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Impr. PrintQuality]
again. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
4. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet.
5. The LCD asks about the print quality. Do one of the following:
• If all lines are clear and visible, press d
to select
[No]
.
The Print Quality check finishes.
• If lines are missing (see
Poor
, below), press c
to select
[Yes]
.
OK
Poor
6. The LCD asks you to check the print quality of each color. Press d
or c
to select the pattern (1–4) that most closely matches the printing result, and then press
OK
.
7. Do one of the following:
• If print head cleaning is needed, press c
to start the cleaning procedure.
• If print head cleaning is not needed, the Ink or Maintenance screen reappears on the LCD.
8. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the LCD asks if you want to check the print quality again.
Press c [Yes]
to start the print quality check.
9. Press c
again.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet again.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Genuine Brother Brand replacement ink cartridge for each problem color. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact Brother Customer Service.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print head's warranty.
524
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this.
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the horizontal lines are gone.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
Quality]
.
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Improve Print Quality]
>
[Check Print
2. Press
[Start]
.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
3. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet.
4. The touchscreen asks about the print quality. Do one of the following:
• If all lines are clear and visible, press
[No]
, and then press to finish the Print Quality check.
• If lines are missing (see
Poor
, as follows), press
[Yes]
.
OK
Poor
5. The touchscreen asks you to check the print quality of each color. Press the number of the pattern (1–4) that most closely matches the printing result.
6. Do one of the following:
• If print head cleaning is needed, press
[Start]
to start the cleaning procedure.
• If print head cleaning is not needed, the Maintenance screen reappears on the touchscreen. Press .
7. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the touchscreen asks if you want to print the Print Quality Check
Sheet again. Press
[Yes]
, and then press
[Start]
.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four color blocks on the sheet again.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a Genuine Brother Brand replacement ink cartridge for each problem color. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact Brother
Customer Service.
525
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print head's warranty.
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this.
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the lines are gone.
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
526
Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Alignment from Your
Brother Machine
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print alignment.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Impr. PrintQuality]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Alignment]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
.
4. Press c
again.
The machine starts printing the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
5. For pattern (A), press d
or c
to select the number of the test print that has the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press
OK
.
In the example above, row number 6 is the best choice.
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this.
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this.
6. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Ink]
>
[Improve Print Quality]
>
[Alignment]
.
527
You can also press
[Alignment]
.
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Improve Print Quality]
>
2. Press
[Next]
.
3. Press
[Start]
.
The machine prints the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
4. For the (A) pattern, press a
or b
to display the number of the test print with the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press it (in the example above, row number 6 is the best choice). Press
[OK]
.
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this.
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this.
5. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
528
Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Ink Volume
Check the Ink Volume
Although an ink volume icon appears on the machine's LCD, you can use the ink menu to see a large graph showing the ink left in each cartridge.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Ink Volume]
. Press
OK
.
The LCD displays the ink volume.
• When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons is displayed.
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
• To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press
Clear/Back
to go back to the
[Maintenance]
menu screen, and then select
[Ink Cartridge Model]
.
Press
OK
and follow the instruction on the LCD.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Ink]
>
[Ink Volume]
. The touchscreen displays the ink volume.
• You can also press
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Ink Volume]
.
• When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons is displayed.
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
• To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press (Back) to go back to the
[Ink] menu screen.
Press
[Ink Cartridge Model]
, and follow the instruction on the touchscreen.
2. Press .
529
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
Related Information
•
•
•
•
•
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
530
Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices; it allows you to get immediate notification of errors.
• Do one of the following:
Double-click the icon in the task tray.
Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Status Monitor
.
Windows 8 and Windows 10
Click (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Status Monitor
.
Troubleshooting
Click the
Troubleshooting
button to access the troubleshooting website.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Error icons
Icon Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
Related Information
•
531
•
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
•
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
•
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
•
•
532
Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) > Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
When you start up your computer, the
Brother Status Monitor
icon appears on the task tray.
• A green icon indicates the normal stand-by condition.
• A yellow icon indicates a warning.
• A red icon indicates an error has occurred.
• A gray icon indicates the machine is offline.
Related Information
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
533
Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) > Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
The Show Status Monitor feature lets you know if there is a problem with a device that your computer is monitoring. The default setting is
Only when printing from this PC
. To turn it off, follow these steps:
1. Right-click the (
Brother Status Monitor
) icon or window, select the
Status Monitor Settings
option, and then click
Options
.
The
Options
window appears.
2. Select the
Basic
tab, and then select
Off
for
Show Status Monitor
.
3. Click
OK
.
Even if the Show Status Monitor feature is turned off, you can check the machine’s status at any time by displaying the Status Monitor.
Related Information
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
534
Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) > Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
1. Right-click the (
Brother Status Monitor
) icon or window, and then select
Exit
.
2. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
535
Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Mac)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Mac)
Brother's Status Monitor utility program is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device and notifying you immediately in the event of an error.
1. Select
System Preferences
from the Apple menu.
2. Select
Printers & Scanners
, and then select the machine.
3. Click the
Options & Supplies
button.
4. Click the
Utility
tab, and then click the
Open Printer Utility
button.
The Status Monitor screen appears.
Troubleshooting
Click the
Troubleshooting
button to access the Brother Solutions Center, offering
FAQs &
Troubleshooting
tips.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
button for more information about Brother genuine supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the
Status Monitor
window is open, click the icon. To set the interval at which the software updates the machine status information, click the
Brother Status Monitor
menu, and then select
Preferences
.
Error icons
Icon Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
536
Related Information
•
537
Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Adjust the paper feed to reduce vertical lines.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Impr. PrintQuality]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Correct Paper Feed]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
, and then follow the instructions on the LCD.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Ink]
>
[Improve Print Quality]
>
[Correct Paper Feed]
.
You can also press
Paper Feed]
.
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Improve Print Quality]
2. Press the
[Next]
button, and then follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
>
[Correct
Related Information
•
•
538
Home > Routine Maintenance > Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
If your print result is poor quality, select these options depending on your purpose. When these settings are selected, the printing speed is slower.
These options are available only when performing operations from the machine, such as copying. When printing from your computer, change the settings in the printer driver.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Maintenance]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Print Setting Options]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging
Select this option according to whether you are using 1-sided or 2-sided printing if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Slow Drying
Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly.
4. Press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to select the option you want. Press
OK
.
6. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[Maintenance]
>
[Print Setting Options]
.
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging
Select this option according to whether you are using 1-sided or 2-sided printing if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Slow Drying
Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly.
3. Follow the LCD menus.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
539
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Mac)
•
•
540
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
• When you transport the machine, use the packing materials that came with your machine. If you do not pack the machine correctly, any damage that may occur in transit may not be covered by your warranty.
• The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
IMPORTANT
It is important to allow the machine to “park” the print head after a print job. Listen carefully to the machine before unplugging it to make sure that all mechanical noises have stopped. Not allowing the machine to finish this parking process may lead to print problems and possible damage to the print head.
1. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet.
2. Unplug the machine from the telephone wall jack and take the telephone line cord out of the machine.
3. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open position.
4. Unplug the interface cable from the machine, if it is connected.
5. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
6. Open the ink cartridge cover.
7. Press the ink release levers to release the ink cartridges and then take out the ink cartridges.
8. Install the orange protective part and then close the ink cartridge cover.
IMPORTANT
• Make sure the plastic tab on the left side of the orange protective part (1) locks securely into place (2).
541
1
• If you are not able to find the orange protective part, ship the machine without it. DO NOT leave the ink cartridges in the machine during shipping.
9. Wrap the machine in the bag.
10. Pack the machine in the original carton with the original packing material as shown below.
Do not pack the used ink cartridge in the carton.
542
If you are returning your machine to Brother as part of the Exchange Service, pack only the machine. Keep all separate parts and printed materials to use with your “Exchange” machine.
11. Close the carton and tape it shut.
Related Information
•
•
543
Machine Settings
Customize settings and features, create shortcuts, and work with options displayed on the machine's LCD to make your Brother machine a more efficient work tool.
•
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
•
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
544
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
•
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
•
•
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
•
•
545
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW
• Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
• Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) will be lost.
• The date and time must be re-entered.
• Programmed fax timer jobs and other fax jobs in the machine's memory will be lost.
MFC-J895DW
• Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
• Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) will be lost.
• The date and time and programmed fax timer jobs (for example: Delayed Fax) will be retained for approximately 24 hours.
• Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
Related Information
•
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
546
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> General Settings
General Settings
•
•
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
•
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
•
•
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
•
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
•
•
Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
•
•
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
•
547
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Adjust the Machine Volume
Adjust the Machine Volume
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Volume]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
4. Press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to select the
[Off]
,
[Low]
,
[Med]
, or
[High]
option. Press
OK
.
6. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
>
[Volume]
.
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring
Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker
Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Press a
or b
to display the
[Off]
,
[Low]
,
[Med]
, or
[High]
option, and then press the option you want.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
548
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and backward one hour in the fall. Make sure you have set the correct date and time in the
[Date & Time]
setting.
This feature is available only in the USA and Canada.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Date & Time]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Auto Daylight]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[On]
or
[Off]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
.
2. Press
[Date & Time]
>
[Auto Daylight]
.
3. Press
[On]
or
[Off]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
549
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
• The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a fax or a print job.
• The factory setting is five minutes.
• When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Sleep Mode]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[1Min]
,
[2Mins]
,
[3Mins]
,
[5Mins]
,
[10Mins]
,
[30Mins]
, or
[60Mins]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
>
[Sleep Mode]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[1Min]
,
[2Mins]
,
[3Mins]
,
[5Mins]
,
[10Mins]
,
[30Mins]
, or
[60Mins] option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
550
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set the
Machine to Power Off Automatically
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
The Auto Power Off feature can save power consumption. Set the amount of time that the machine will be in
Sleep Mode before it automatically powers off. When this feature is set to
[Off]
, you must power off the machine manually.
To turn on the machine after the Auto Power Off feature has turned it Off, press .
The machine will not power off automatically when:
• Fax jobs are stored in the machine's memory. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
• An error prevents the Fax Journal report from printing. (MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW)
• The machine is connected to a telephone line.
• The machine is connected to a wired network. (MFC-J895DW)
• The machine is connected to a wireless network.
•
[WLAN Enable]
is set to
[On]
or
[WLAN]
is selected in the
[Network I/F]
setting.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Auto Power Off]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Off]
,
[1hour]
,
[2hours]
,
[4hours]
, or
[8hours]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
>
[Auto Power Off]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[Off]
,
[1hour]
,
[2hours]
,
[4hours]
, or
[8hours]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
•
551
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set the
Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
The LCD displays the date and time. If they are not current, re-enter them. You can add the date and time to each fax you send by setting your Station ID.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Date & Time]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Date]
. Press
OK
.
3. Enter the last two digits of the year using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
4. Enter the two digits for the month using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
5. Enter the two digits for the day using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
6. Press a
or b
to select
[Clock Type]
, and then press
OK
.
7. Press a
or b
to select
[12h Clock]
or
[24h Clock]
, and then press
OK
.
8. Press a
or b
to select
[Time]
, and then press
OK
.
9. To enter the time, do one of the following:
• If you selected
[12h Clock]
: a. Enter the four digits of the time (in 12-hour format) using the dial pad.
b. Press a
, b
, d
or c
to select
[AM]
or
[PM]
using the keyboard on the LCD, and then press
OK
.
c. Press a
, b
, d
or c
to select
[OK]
using the keyboard on the LCD, and then press
OK
.
• If you selected
[24h Clock]
:
Enter the four digits of the time (in 24-hour format) using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
10. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
.
2. Press
[Date & Time]
.
3. Press
[Date]
.
4. Enter the last two digits of the year on the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
5. Enter two digits for the month on the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
6. Enter two digits for the day on the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
7. Press
[Clock Type]
.
8. Press
[12h Clock]
or
[24h Clock]
.
9. Press
[Time]
.
10. To enter the time, do one of the following:
• If you selected
[12h Clock]
, enter the time (in 12-hour format) using the touchscreen, and then press
[AM]
or
[PM]
.
Press
[OK]
.
• If you selected
[24h Clock]
, enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the touchscreen.
552
Press
[OK]
.
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
11. Press .
Related Information
•
•
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
•
553
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[LCD Settings]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Backlight]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[Light]
,
[Med]
, or
[Dark]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
>
[LCD Settings]
>
[Backlight]
.
2. Press the
[Light]
,
[Med]
, or
[Dark]
option.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
554
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[LCD Settings]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Dim Timer]
. Press
OK
.
d. Select
[10Secs]
,
[30Secs]
,
[1Min]
,
[2Mins]
,
[3Mins]
, or
[5Mins]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
Timer]
.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
>
[LCD Settings]
>
[Dim
2. Press a
or b
to display the
[10Secs]
,
[30Secs]
,
[1Min]
,
[2Mins]
,
[3Mins]
, or
[5Mins]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
555
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Set the machine's Station ID if you want the date and time to appear on each fax you send.
NOTE
(USA only)
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such messages clearly contain, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machines or such business, other entity or individual. To program this information into the fax machine, see
Set the date and time
and
Set your Station ID
.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Station ID]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press a
or b
to select
[Fax]
, and then press
OK
.
4. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
5. Press a
or b
to select
[Name]
, and then press
OK
.
6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the dial pad, and then press
OK
.
For more information about how to enter text, see the
Appendix
.
7. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Station ID]
.
2. Press
[Fax]
.
3. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) on the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
4. Press
[Name]
.
5. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the touchscreen, and then press
[OK]
.
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special symbols. (The available characters may differ depending on your country.)
• If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d
or c
to move the cursor to it. Press
and then enter the correct character.
• To enter a space, press
[Space]
.
6. Press .
556
Related Information
•
•
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
•
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
•
557
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set
Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialing Mode
Your Brother machine is set for a Tone dialing service. If you have a Pulse dialing (rotary) service, you must change the dialing mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Tone/Pulse]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[Tone]
or
[Pulse]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Tone/Pulse]
.
2. Press
[Tone]
or
[Pulse]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
558
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes slower.
The factory setting is
[Off]
.
• When the Quiet Mode setting is turned on, appears on the Home screen.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[General Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Quiet Mode]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select
[On]
or
[Off]
. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[Quiet Mode]
.
2. Press
[On]
or
[Off]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
559
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Initial Setup]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select
[Local Language]
. Press
OK
.
c. Select your language. Press
OK
.
3. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
>
[Local Language]
.
2. Press your language.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
560
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change the Keyboard Setting
Change the Keyboard Setting
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can choose the type of keyboard for the LCD.
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
>
[Keyboard Settings]
.
2. Press
[QWERTY]
or
[ABC]
.
3. Press .
Related Information
•
561
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Save Your Favorite
Settings as a Shortcut
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
•
•
562
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Settings as a Shortcut > Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or
Apps Shortcut are very similar.
1. Press
[Shortcuts]
.
2. Press d
or c
to display the Shortcut screens.
3. Press where you have not added a Shortcut.
4. Press a
or b
to display
[Copy]
.
5. Press
[Copy]
.
6. Press
[Options]
.
7. Press a
or b
to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to change.
8. Press a
or b
to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option you want.
Repeat the previous and this steps until you have selected all the settings for this Shortcut. When finished, press
[OK]
.
9. Press
[Save as Shortcut]
.
10. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press
[OK]
.
11. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press
[OK]
.
When adding Fax or Scan to Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
•
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
563
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Settings as a Shortcut > Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
You can change the settings in a Shortcut.
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them, and then add a new Shortcut.
1. Press
[Shortcuts]
.
2. Press d
or c
to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press and hold the Shortcut you want to change.
4. Press
[Edit]
.
To delete the Shortcut, press
[Delete]
. To edit the name of the Shortcut, press
[Rename]
and follow the
LCD menus.
5. Change the settings for the Shortcut you selected.
6. Press
[Save as Shortcut]
when you have finished changing the settings.
7. Press
[OK]
to confirm.
When changing Fax or Scan Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
•
Save Your Favorite Settings as a Shortcut
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
564
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Print Reports
Print Reports
•
•
•
•
565
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Reports
The following reports are available:
Transmission Verification Report
The Transmission Verification Report prints the details of the last fax sent from your machine.
Address Book
Address Book report prints an alphabetical or numerical list of names and numbers stored in the Address
Book memory.
Fax Journal
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive.)
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Network Configuration (network models)
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
WLAN Report (wireless models)
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Caller ID history
The Caller ID history report prints a list of the available Caller ID information for the last 20 received faxes and telephone calls.
Related Information
•
566
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Report
Print a Report
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1. Press
Settings
.
2. Press a
or b
to select the following: a. Select
[Print Reports]
. Press
OK
.
b. Select the report you want to print. Press
OK
.
3. Press c
.
4. Press
Stop/Exit
.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1. Press
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Print Reports]
.
2. Press a
or b
to display the report options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press
[Yes]
.
4. Press .
Related Information
•
•
567
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
•
Settings Tables (1.8" Color LCD)
•
Features Tables (1.8" Color LCD)
•
Settings Tables (2.7" touchscreen models)
•
Features Tables (2.7" touchscreen models)
568
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Settings Tables (1.8" Color LCD)
Settings Tables (1.8" Color LCD)
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
Settings >
[General Setup]
Level 1
Maintenance
Level 2
Impr.
PrintQuality
Print Head
Cleaning
Ink Volume
Ink Cartridge
Model
Print Setting
Options
-
-
Level 3
-
-
Descriptions
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Check the available ink volume.
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Paper Type
Paper Size
Check Paper
Quiet Mode
Volume
-
Ring
Beep
Speaker
LCD Settings Backlight
Dim Timer
Sleep Mode
-
-
-
-
Auto Power Off
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Reduce
Smudging
Slow Drying
Paper
-
-
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check the paper type and paper size when you pull the tray out of the machine.
Decrease printing noise.
Adjust the ring volume.
Adjust the beeper volume.
Adjust the speaker volume.
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your Home screen.
Select how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode.
Select how long the machine must wait before it automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep Mode.
When set to Off, the machine will not power off automatically.
Settings >
[Fax]
Level 1 Level 2
Setup Receive Ring Delay
Level 3
-
Receive Mode
F/T Ring Time
Easy Receive
-
-
-
Descriptions
Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in
Fax/Tel mode.
Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call and hear fax tones.
569
Level 1 Level 2
Setup Receive Remote Codes
Auto Reduction
PC Fax Receive
Fax Rx Stamp
Report Setting Transmission
Journal Period
Print Fax
-
Remaining Jobs
-
Miscellaneous TX Lock
Distinctive
(USA and Canada only)
Area Code
(USA only)
Settings >
[Network]
Level 1
WLAN
Level 2
TCP/IP
-
Level 3
BOOT Method
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Node Name
WINS
Configuration
WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
IPv6
Setup Wizard
-
Set your 3-digit area code only if you do not dial it within your own area code.
Descriptions
Select the BOOT method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more information, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to see
FAQs &
Troubleshooting
.
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
570
Level 1
WLAN
Wi-Fi Direct
Web Connect
Settings
Level 2
WLAN Assistant
WPS
WPS w/ PIN Code
WLAN Status
MAC Address
Push Button
PIN Code
Manual
Group Owner
Device
Information
Status
Information
I/F Enable
Proxy Settings
Level 3
-
-
-
Descriptions
Configure your wireless network settings using the
Brother installation disc.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the current wireless network signal strength.
Status
Signal
SSID
Comm. Mode
-
-
-
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
View the machine's MAC address.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using
WPS with a PIN code.
-
-
Device Name
SSID
IP Address
Status
Signal
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually.
Set your machine as the Group Owner.
View your machine's device name.
View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD displays Not Connected.
View your machine's current IP Address.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Proxy Connection
Change the Web connection settings.
WLAN Enable
Network Reset
-
-
Address
Port
User Name
Password
-
-
Turn wireless network connection On or Off.
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Settings >
[Print Reports]
Level 1
Transmission
Address Book
Fax Journal
User Settings
Network Config
Descriptions
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
Print a list of your settings.
Print a list of your Network settings.
571
Level 1
WLAN Report
Descriptions
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History
Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 20 received faxes and telephone calls.
Settings >
[Machine Info.]
Level 1
Serial No.
Firmware Version
Firmware Update
Firmware Auto Check
Descriptions
Check your machine's serial number.
Check your machine's firmware version.
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
View firmware information on the Home screen.
Settings >
[Initial Setup]
Level 1
Date & Time
Station ID
Level 2
Date
Time
Clock Type
(USA and Canada only)
Auto Daylight
(USA and Canada only)
-
-
Descriptions
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the faxes you send.
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you fax.
Select the dialing mode.
Tone/Pulse
(Available only for some countries.)
Fax Auto Redial
Dial Tone
Compatibility
Reset
Local Language
(Available only for some countries.)
-
-
Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go through because the line was busy.
Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Adjust the equalization for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Machine Reset
Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
Network
Address Book &
Fax
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
-
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Change your LCD language.
Related Information
•
572
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Features Tables (1.8" Color LCD)
Features Tables (1.8" Color LCD)
Related Models
: MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
FAX
Level 1 Level 2
Fax Resolution
-
Contrast
-
Glass Scan Size
-
Broadcasting
-
Real Time TX
-
Overseas Mode
-
Call History Redial
Address Book
Descriptions
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Adjust the contrast.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Send a fax without using the memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Outgoing Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Search
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set Speed Dial
Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Setup Groups
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Delete
Set New Default
-
Factory Reset
-
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete Address Book numbers.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
SCAN
Level 1 to PC to Web
WS Scan
(Appears when you install a Web Services
Scanner, which is displayed in your computer’s
Network explorer.)
Level 2 to File to OCR to Image to E-mail
-
Scan
Scan for Email
Scan for Fax
Descriptions
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Upload the scanned data to an Internet service.
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
573
Level 1
WS Scan
(Appears when you install a Web Services
Scanner, which is displayed in your computer’s
Network explorer.)
Level 2
Scan for
Descriptions
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
COPY
Level 1
Quality
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
Density
Stack/Sort
Page Layout
2-sided Copy
Level 2
-
-
-
100%
Enlarge
Reduce
Fit to Page
Custom(25-400%)
-
-
-
-
Descriptions
Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the tray.
Select the paper size that matches the paper in the tray.
-
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Adjust the density.
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
Remove Background Black Copy Settings
Change the amount of background color that is removed.
Color Copy Settings
Set New Default
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
WEB
Level 1 Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Address Book]
Level 1 Descriptions
Search
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set Speed Dial
Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Setup Groups
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Delete
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete Address Book numbers.
Level 1
Redial
Redial/Pause
Descriptions
Send a fax to the last number you called.
574
Level 1
Outgoing Call
Caller ID
History
WiFi
Descriptions
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
You can configure the wireless settings by pressing or
WiFi
on the control panel.
Level 1 Descriptions
Setup Wizard
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Related Information
•
575
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Settings Tables (2.7" touchscreen models)
Settings Tables (2.7" touchscreen models)
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
[Settings]
[Settings]
Level 1 Level 2
Date
(
Date & Time
)
Time
Clock Type
(USA and Canada only)
Auto Daylight
(USA and Canada only)
Level 3
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
-
Print Head Cleaning
-
Wi-Fi
Paper Type
(MFC-J690DW)
Paper Size
(MFC-J690DW)
-
Fax Preview
-
-
-
-
Ink Volume
-
Ink Cartridge Model
-
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
TCP/IP
Setup Wizard
WLAN Assistant
-
-
Slow Drying
Paper
-
WPS
WPS w/ PIN Code
WLAN Status
MAC Address
Quiet Mode
Tray Setting
(MFC-J895DW)
-
Paper Type
Paper Size
(MFC-J895DW)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Descriptions
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the faxes you send.
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight
Saving Time.
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Check the available ink volume.
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Set TCP/IP protocol.
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
Configure your wireless network settings using the
Brother installation disc.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the machine's MAC address.
Decrease printing noise.
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Set the type of paper in paper tray #1.
Set the size of paper in paper tray #1.
View received faxes on the LCD.
576
Level 1 Level 2
(MFC-J895DW)
All Settings
-
[General Setup]
Level 3
-
Descriptions
Configure the detailed settings.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[General Setup]
Level 1
Maintenance
Paper Type
Paper Size
Check Paper
Quiet Mode
Volume
LCD Settings
Keyboard
Settings
Sleep Mode
Auto Power Off
Removable Disc
-
-
-
Level 2
Improve Print
Quality
Print Head
Cleaning
Ink Volume
Ink Cartridge
Model
Print Setting
Options
-
-
-
Level 3
-
-
Ring
Beep
Speaker
Backlight
Dim Timer
Screen Settings Scan Screen
-
-
-
-
Descriptions
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Reduce
Smudging
Slow Drying
Paper
-
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check the paper type and paper size when you pull the tray out of the machine.
Decrease printing noise.
Adjust the ring volume.
Adjust the beeper volume.
Adjust the speaker volume.
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the last finger press.
Set the default Scan screen settings.
Select the type of keyboard for the LCD.
-
-
-
Check the available ink volume.
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Select how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode.
Select how long the machine must wait before it automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep Mode.
When set to Off, the machine will not power off automatically.
Turn the Removable Disc function on or off.
[Shortcut Settings]
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Shortcut Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
577
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.)
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[Fax]
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Fax]
Level 1 Level 2
Setup Receive Ring Delay
Level 3
-
Receive Mode
F/T Ring Time
-
-
-
Descriptions
Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in
Fax/Tel mode.
View received faxes on the LCD.
Fax Preview
(MFC-J895DW)
Easy Receive
-
Remote Codes
Print Fax
-
Remote Access
-
Remaining Jobs
-
Auto Reduction
PC Fax Receive
Memory Receive
Fax Rx Stamp
Report Setting Transmission
Journal Period
Miscellaneous Memory Security
(MFC-J895DW)
TX Lock
(MFC-J690DW)
Distinctive
(USA and Canada only)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call and hear fax tones.
Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use codes to turn on or off the Remote Codes.
You can personalize the codes.
Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Set the machine to forward fax messages, to store incoming faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve them while you are away from your machine), or the cloud service.
If you select Fax Forward, or Forward to Cloud, you can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.
Select the initial setup for the Transmission
Verification Report.
Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax
Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50
Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory and cancel selected jobs.
Prohibit most functions except receiving faxes into memory.
Prohibit most functions except receiving faxes.
Distinctive
Turn on the telephone company's Distinctive Ring
Ring Pattern
subscriber service to register your new ring pattern on the machine.
578
Level 1 Level 2
Miscellaneous Area Code
(USA only)
[Network]
Level 3
-
Descriptions
Set your 3-digit area code only if you do not dial it within your own area code.
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Network]
Level 1
Wired LAN
(MFC-J895DW)
Level 2
TCP/IP
Level 3
BOOT Method
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Node Name
WINS
Configuration
WINS Server
-
-
-
-
Level 4 Descriptions
-
-
Select the BOOT method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
-
WLAN
Ethernet
Wired Status
MAC Address
TCP/IP
DNS Server
APIPA
IPv6
-
-
-
BOOT Method
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Node Name
WINS
Configuration
WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
IPv6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more information, go to the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to see
FAQs & Troubleshooting
.
Select the Ethernet link mode.
View the current wired status.
View the machine's MAC address.
Select the BOOT method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. For more information, go to the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com
to see
FAQs & Troubleshooting
.
579
Level 1
WLAN
Wi-Fi Direct
Level 2
Setup Wizard
WLAN Assistant
-
WPS
-
Level 3
-
WPS w/ PIN
Code
WLAN Status
MAC Address
Push Button
-
Status
Signal
-
-
SSID
Comm. Mode
PIN Code
Manual
Group Owner
Device
Information
-
-
-
Device Name
SSID
Status
Information
IP Address
Status
Signal
NFC
(MFC-J895DW)
Message from
Brother
Web Connect
Settings
Network I/F
(MFC-J895DW)
I/F Enable
-
-
-
Message from
Brother
Status
-
-
Proxy Settings Proxy
Connection
Address
Port
-
User Name
Password
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Level 4 Descriptions
-
-
-
-
-
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the current wireless network signal strength.
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
-
-
View the machine's MAC address.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually.
-
-
-
Set your machine as the Group Owner.
View your machine's device name.
View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the
LCD displays Not Connected.
View your machine's current IP Address.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Turn the NFC function on or off.
Display messages and notifications from
Brother.
Change the Web connection settings.
Select the network connection type.
580
Level 1
WLAN Enable
(MFC-J690DW)
Network Reset
Level 2
-
-
Level 3
-
-
Level 4 Descriptions
-
-
Turn wireless network connection On or
Off.
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
[Print Reports]
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Print Reports]
Level 1
Transmission
Address Book
Fax Journal
Descriptions
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
Print a list of your settings.
User Settings
Network Configuration
Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History
Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 30 received faxes and telephone calls.
[Machine Info.]
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Machine Info.]
Level 1
Serial No.
Level 2
-
Descriptions
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Firmware Update
Firmware Auto Check
-
Main Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
View firmware information on the Home screen.
[Initial Setup]
[Settings]
>
[All Settings]
>
[Initial Setup]
Level 1
Date & Time
Station ID
Tone/Pulse
Level 2
Date
Time
Clock Type
(USA and Canada only)
Auto Daylight
(USA and Canada only)
Fax
Name
-
Descriptions
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the faxes you send.
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you fax.
Select the dialing mode.
581
Level 1
(Available only for some countries.)
Fax Auto Redial
Dial Tone
Compatibility
Reset
Level 2
Local Language
(Available only for some countries.)
Related Information
•
Descriptions
-
-
Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go through because the line was busy.
Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Adjust the equalization for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Machine Reset
Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
Network
Address Book &
Fax
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
-
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Change your LCD language.
582
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Features Tables (2.7" touchscreen models)
Features Tables (2.7" touchscreen models)
Related Models
: MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
[Fax]
(When
[Fax Preview]
is
[Off]
)
Level 1
Pause
Address
Book
Call
History
Options
Level 2
-
Level 3
-
-
(
Search:
)
Edit
-
Redial
Outgoing Call
Caller ID
History
Apply
-
Apply
Fax Resolution
Contrast
Glass Scan Size
-
-
-
Broadcasting
Preview
(MFC-J895DW)
Color Setting
Delayed Fax
-
Edit
Apply
Edit
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Adjust the contrast.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
Add Number
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Preview a fax message before you send it.
-
Set Time
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book numbers.
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Redial the last number you dialed.
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Set whether faxes are sent in black and white or color.
Delayed Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Batch TX
-
Real Time TX
Overseas Mode
Call History
Address Book
-
-
Redial
Outgoing
Call
Caller ID
History
Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the same time of day into one transmission.
Send a fax without using the memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Redial the last number you dialed.
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Search within the Address Book.
(
Search:
)
Descriptions
When you are entering a fax or telephone number on the control panel, Pause appears on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a delay while dialing numbers, such as access codes and credit card numbers. You can also store a pause when you set up addresses.
Search within the Address Book.
583
Level 1
Options
Level 2
Address Book
Set New Default
-
Factory Reset
-
-
Level 3
Edit
Descriptions
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book numbers.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Save as
Shortcut
[Fax]
(When
[Fax Preview]
is
[On]
)
Level 1
Sending
Faxes
Level 2
Pause
Address
Book
Call
History
Options
Level 3
-
Level 4
-
-
Descriptions
When you are entering a fax or telephone number on the control panel, Pause appears on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a delay while dialing numbers, such as access codes and credit card numbers. You can also store a pause when you set up addresses.
Search within the Address Book.
(
Search:
)
Edit
-
Redial
Outgoing Call
Caller ID
History
Broadcasting
Preview
Color Setting
Delayed Fax
Batch TX
Real Time TX
Overseas Mode
Call History
Apply
-
Apply
Edit
Fax Resolution
-
Contrast
-
Glass Scan Size
-
-
Apply
Edit
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book numbers.
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Redial the last number you dialed.
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Adjust the contrast.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
-
-
Add Number
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Preview a fax message before you send it.
-
Delayed
Fax
Set Time
Set whether faxes are sent in black and white or color.
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
-
Redial
Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the same time of day into one transmission.
Send a fax without using the memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Redial the last number you dialed.
584
Level 1
Sending
Faxes
Received
Faxes
Address
Book
Call
History
Level 2
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Print/
Delete
(
Search:
)
Edit
-
Level 3
Call History
Address Book
Set New Default
-
Factory Reset
-
-
Level 4
Outgoing
Call
Caller ID
History
Descriptions
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
Search within the Address Book.
(
Search:
)
Edit
-
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book numbers.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Print the new received faxes.
Print All(New
Faxes)
Print All(Old
Faxes)
Delete All(New
Faxes)
Delete All(Old
Faxes)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Print the old received faxes.
Delete the new received faxes.
Delete the old received faxes.
Search within the Address Book.
-
-
Redial
Outgoing
Call
Caller ID
History
Apply
-
Apply
Edit
Apply
Edit
-
-
-
-
-
-
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book numbers.
Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Redial the last number you dialed.
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address
Book, or delete it.
[Copy]
Level 1
Save as
Shortcut
Options
Level 2
-
Quality
Paper Type
Paper Size
-
-
Level 3
-
-
Descriptions
Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the tray.
Select the paper size that matches the paper in the tray.
585
Level 1
Options
Level 2
Enlarge/Reduce
2-sided Copy
Density
Remove Background
Color
Stack/Sort
Page Layout
Advanced Settings
(MFC-J895DW)
Set New Default
Factory Reset
-
-
Level 3
100%
Enlarge
Reduce
Fit to Page
Descriptions
-
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Custom(25-400%)
-
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
-
-
Adjust the density.
Black Copy Settings
Change the amount of background color that is
Color Copy Settings
removed.
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Select advanced copy settings.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
[Scan]
Level 1 to Media
(When a memory card or
USB Flash drive is inserted)
to PC
Level 2
Other Scan to Actions
Options
Save as
Shortcut to File to OCR to Image to E-mail
Level 3
-
Level 4
-
-
-
-
-
Other Scan to Actions
(Select USB or
PC)
-
Options
Save as
Shortcut
-
Other Scan to Actions
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
-
Other Scan to Actions
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
-
Other Scan to Actions
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Descriptions
Scan documents and save them directly to a memory card or USB flash drive without using a computer.
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
586
Level 1 to Web
Level 2
-
WS Scan
(Appears when you install a
Web Services Scanner, which is displayed in your computer’s Network explorer.)
Other Scan to Actions
Scan
Scan for
-
-
Scan for Email
-
Scan for Fax
-
-
Level 3
-
[Photo]
Level 1 Level 2
Select Files OK
Level 3 Level 4
Print Settings
-
Print All
Index Print Print Index
Sheet
Print Settings
-
Print Settings
-
Print Photos Print Settings
-
ID Photo
Select ID
Photo Size
Rotate Image
Settings
-
-
-
-
Level 4
-
-
Descriptions
Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
Descriptions
Adjust your photos with the options.
Print all photos in your USB flash drive.
Print a thumbnail page.
Print photos by choosing the index numbers.
Print ID photos for your resume, passport and so on.
[Web]
Level 1 Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1 Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
[Shortcuts]
Level 1
Add Shortcut
Level 2
Copy
Fax
Scan
Level 3
-
Descriptions
Change the settings in the Copy Options.
-
to PC(OCR)
Change the settings in the Fax Options.
to PC(File)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
to PC(Image)
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.
to PC(E-mail)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
587
Level 1
Add Shortcut
Level 2
Scan
Web
Apps
This list appears when each
Shortcut icon is pressed for 2 seconds.
Edit/Delete
Rename
Edit
Delete
(Select shortcut button.)
Level 3 to Media
-
-
-
-
-
Rename
Edit
Delete
Descriptions
Scan documents and save them directly to a memory card or USB flash drive without using a computer.
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother
Apps service.
Change the shortcut name.
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete the shortcut.
Change the shortcut name.
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete the shortcut.
[Ink]
Level 1
Ink Volume
Ink Cartridge Model
-
Improve Print
Quality
-
Print Head Cleaning
-
Print Setting
Options
Level 2
-
Reduce
Smudging
Slow Drying
Paper
Descriptions
Check the available ink volume.
Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Level 1 Descriptions
Setup Wizard
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
When you have put a USB Flash drive in the USB slot
Level 1 Descriptions
Photo
Select photo menu.
Scan to Media
Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Related Information
•
588
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
•
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
•
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•
Network Management Software and Utilities
589
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
The Remote Setup program lets you configure many of your Brother machine's settings from your computer.
When you start Remote Setup, the settings on your Brother machine will be downloaded to your computer and displayed on your screen. If you change the settings on your computer, you can upload them directly to the machine.
•
•
590
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Remote Setup (Windows)
Remote Setup (Windows)
•
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
•
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
591
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start)
>
All Programs
>
Brother
>
Brother Utilities
.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Remote Setup
.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch (
Brother Utilities
), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click
Remote Setup
.
The Remote Setup Program window appears.
When your machine is connected via a Network, type the password if required.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
592
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click
Export
to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click
Apply
to upload the new data to the machine, and then click
.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click
OK
.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
593
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. Click
OK
.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
•
•
594
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
1. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
2. Click the
Device Settings
tab.
3. Click the
Remote Setup
button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click
Export
to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
595
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click
Apply
to upload the new data to the machine, and then click
.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click
OK
.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click
OK
.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
•
•
596
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Use Remote Setup through CC4 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
1. Click the (
ControlCenter4
) icon in the task tray, and then click
Open
.
2. Click the
Device Settings
tab.
3. Click the
Address Book
button.
The
Address Book
opens in a Remote Setup window.
4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
5. Click
OK
.
Related Information
•
•
597
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Remote Setup (Mac)
Remote Setup (Mac)
•
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
•
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
598
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Use Remote Setup to set up your Brother machine with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
and download Remote Setup.
• Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the
Finder
menu bar, click
Go
>
Applications
>
Brother
, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
599
Click
Export
to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click
Apply
to upload the new data to the machine, and then click
.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, enter the correct data again, and then click
OK
.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. When finished, click
OK
.
Related Information
•
600
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer >
> Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable
Connection (Mac)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Use Remote Setup to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
and download Remote Setup.
• Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the
Finder
menu bar, click
Go
>
Applications
>
Brother
, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. In the left menu, click
Address Book
in the
Fax
.
3. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
4. When finished, click
OK
.
Related Information
•
601
Appendix
•
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
•
•
602
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type
Print Head Black
Color
Memory Capacity
Power Source
Inkjet
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 1
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Piezo with 70 nozzles x 3
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 3
128 MB
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
1.8 in. (44.9 mm) TFT Color LCD
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
2.7 in. (67.5 mm) TFT Color Touchscreen LCD
AC 100 to 120 V 50/60 Hz
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Copying
: Approx. 17 W
Sleep
: Approx. 1 W
Power Off
• MFC-J690DW
Copying
: Approx. 18 W
Sleep
: Approx. 1.2 W
Power Off
• MFC-J895DW
Copying
: Approx. 18 W
Sleep
: Approx. 1.2 W
Power Off
603
Dimensions
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
8.9 in.
(227 mm)
6.8 in.
(172 mm)
15.7 in.
(400 mm)
16.2 in.
(411 mm)
13.4 in.
(341 mm)
18.7 in.
(474 mm)
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
8.9 in.
(227 mm)
6.8 in.
(172 mm)
15.7 in.
(400 mm)
16.2 in.
(411 mm)
13.4 in.
(341 mm)
23 in.
(583 mm)
Weights
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
18.1 lb (8.2 kg)
• MFC-J690DW
18.1 lb (8.2 kg)
• MFC-J895DW
18.1 lb (8.2 kg)
Noise Level Sound Pressure Operating
Temperature Operating
Best Print Quality
Humidity Operating
Best Print Quality
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
50 to 95 °F (10 to 35°C)
68 to 91 °F (20 to 33°C)
20 to 80% (without condensation)
20 to 80% (without condensation)
Up to 20 pages
Paper: 20 lb (80 g/m²)
1 Measured diagonally
604
3
4
5
6
7
2 Measured when the machine is connected to the USB interface. Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment or part wear.
When using ADF, single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
Even when the machine is turned off, it will automatically turn itself on periodically for print head maintenance, and then turn itself off.
Noise depends on printing conditions.
ADF models only
Document Size Specifications
Document Size ADF Width
ADF Length
5.8 to 8.5 in. (148 to 215.9 mm)
5.8 to 14.0 in. (148 to 355.6 mm)
Scanner Glass Width
Max. 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Scanner Glass Length
Max. 11.7 in. (297 mm)
1
2
ADF models only
Documents that are longer than 11.7 in. (297 mm) must be fed one page at a time.
Print Media Specifications
Paper
Input
Paper Tray
Photo Bypass Tray (USA)
Photo Paper Tray
(Canada)
(MFC-J690DW)
Manual Feed Slot
(MFC-J690DW/
MFC-J895DW)
Paper Size
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Paper Size
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Paper Size
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Letter, A4, Legal, Executive, A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x 8")/(13 x
20 cm)
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW/MFC-J690DW
Up to 100 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) plain paper
• MFC-J895DW
Up to 150 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) plain paper
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm) and Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x
13 cm)
Up to 20 sheets thickness: 10 mil (0.25 mm)
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper,
Recycled Paper
Letter, A4, Legal, Executive, A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x
18 cm), Index card (5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Up to 1 sheet
Paper Output
Up to 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) Plain Paper (face up print delivery to the output paper tray)
1 For glossy paper, remove printed pages from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid smudging.
Fax Specifications
Compatibility
Modem Speed
Scanning Width
ITU-T Group 3
Automatic Fallback: 14,400 bps
8.19 in. (208 mm) (Letter)
605
(Single-sided document)
Printing Width
Gray Scale
8.26 in. (210 mm) (Letter)
B&W: 8 bit (256 levels)
Color: 24 bit (8 bit per color/ 256 levels)
203 dpi
Resolution
(Horizontal)
Resolution
(Vertical)
Address Book
Standard:
98 dpi (Black)
196 dpi (Color)
Fine:
196 dpi (Black)
196 dpi (Color)
Superfine:
392 dpi (Black)
Photo:
196 dpi (Black)
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
40 numbers
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
100 names x 2 numbers
Groups
Broadcasting
Up to 6
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
90 (40 Address Book/50 Manual Dial)
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
250 (200 Address Book/50 Manual Dial)
1 time after 5 minutes
Automatic Redial
Memory Transmission
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Out of Paper Reception
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
1 ‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, MMR code).
Copy Specifications
Color/Black
Copy Width
Yes/Yes
Multiple Copies
Stacks/Sorts up to 99 pages
Enlarge/Reduce
25% to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Resolution
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Prints up to 1200 × 1200 dpi
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Prints up to 1200 × 2400 dpi
606
1 When copying on Letter size paper.
PhotoCapture Center Specifications
This function is available for MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW.
Compatible Media
Photo
MultiMediaCard (32 MB - 2 GB)
MultiMediaCard plus (128 MB - 4 GB)
MultiMediaCard mobile with Adapter (64 MB - 1 GB)
SD Memory Card (16 MB - 2 GB) miniSD with Adapter (16 MB - 2 GB) microSD with Adapter (16 MB - 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB - 32 GB) miniSDHC with Adapter (4 GB - 32 GB) microSDHC with Adapter (4 GB - 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB - 256 GB)
USB Flash drive
Resolution
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 1200 x 6000 dpi
Paper Type
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper, Brother BP71 paper
Paper Size
Letter, A4, Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm)
File Format
JPEG (Progressive JPEG format is not supported)
Scan to Media File Format
JPEG, PDF (Color, Gray)
TIFF, PDF (Black & White)
1
2
3
Memory cards, adapters and USB Flash drives are not included.
The USB flash drive feature is available only for certain models. (MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW)
Full-Speed USB 2.0. USB Mass Storage standard up to 256 GB. Supported formats: FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Scanner Specifications
Color/Black
TWAIN Compliant
WIA Compliant
Color Depth
Gray Scale
Resolution
Yes/Yes
Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
(macOS v10.11.6 / 10.12.x /10.13.x)
Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
30 bit color processing (Input)
24 bit color processing (Output)
10 bit color processing (Input)
8 bit color processing (Output)
Up to 19200 × 19200 dpi (interpolated)
(from Scanner Glass)
Up to 1200 × 2400 dpi (optical)
(from ADF)
Up to 1200 × 600 dpi (optical)
607
Scanning Width and Length
(Single-sided document)
(Scanner Glass)
Width: Up to 8.42 in. (213.9 mm)
Length: Up to 11.61 in. (295 mm)
Width: Up to 8.42 in. (213.9 mm)
Length: Up to 13.92 in. (353.6 mm)
1
2
Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 (resolution up to
19200 × 19200 dpi can be selected using the scanner utility).
ADF models only
Printer Specifications
Resolution
• MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
Up to 1200 × 6000 dpi (Windows only)
• MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
Up to 1200 × 6000 dpi
8.26 in. [8.50 in. (borderless)]
Letter, A4, A6, Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm), Photo
2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Automatic 2-sided Paper Type
Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Print Speed
Paper Size
Letter, A4, Executive, A5
For detailed specifications, visit www.brother.com
.
1
2
3
When printing on Letter size paper.
When the Borderless feature is set to On.
Photo 2L-size paper is only supported by some models.
Interface Specifications
USB
Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no longer than 6 feet (2 m).
LAN
(MFC-J895DW)
Use an Ethernet UTP cable category 5 or greater.
Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
NFC
(MFC-J895DW)
Yes
1
2
Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
Third party USB ports are not supported.
Network Specifications
• You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, PC-Fax Send, PC-
Fax Receive (Windows only), Remote Setup (Windows only), and to access photos over a network connection.
• Brother
BRAdmin Light
(Windows only) is available as a download from Brother Solutions Center. Go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
and download the software.
• (Windows) If you require more advanced machine management, use the latest version of Brother
BRAdmin Professional
. Go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
and download the software.
608
Network Security (Wireless)
Wireless Network Security
Wireless Setup Support Utility WPS
SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS)
SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS)
SSID (32 characters), WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-
PSK (TKIP/AES)
Yes
1 Supported models only
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform
& Operating System
Version
Wind ows
Oper ating
Syste m
Windows 7
Windows 8.1
PC Interface
Printing
10/100 Base-TX
(Ethernet)
Wireless
802.11b/ g/n
Processor
32 bit (x86) or
64 bit (x64) processor
Hard Disk Space to Install
For Drivers For
Applications
(Including
Drivers)
650 MB 1.3 GB
Scanning
Removable Disk (USB or Memory Card)
Mac
Oper ating
Syste m
Windows 10
Home
Windows 10
Pro
Windows 10
Education
Windows 10
Windows
Server 2008
Windows
Server 2008
R2
Windows
Server 2012
Windows
Server 2012
R2
Windows
Server 2016 macOS v10.11.6
macOS v10.12.x
macOS v10.13.x
N/A Printing
Printing
PC-Fax (Send)
Scanning
Removable Disk (USB or Memory Card)
64 bit (x64) processor
Intel
®
Processor
1
2
3
Third party USB ports are not supported.
MFC-J895DW only
For WIA, 1200 x 1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables enhancing up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
50 MB
80 MB
N/A
550 MB
609
5
6
4
Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10
Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
PC-Fax supports black and white only.
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW only
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's
Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com
and download
Full Driver & Software Package
.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
•
610
Home > Appendix > Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
• For touchscreen models, the keyboard layout may differ depending on the function you are setting.
MFC-J491DW/MFC-J497DW
When you are setting certain menu selections, such as the Station ID, you may need to enter text into the machine. Most dial pad buttons have three or four letters printed on the buttons. The buttons for
0
,
#
and do not have printed letters because they are used for special characters.
Press the appropriate dial pad button the number of times shown in this reference table to access the character you want.
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
Press
Button
M
P
G
J
T
W
One Time Two
Times
A
D
B
E
N
Q
H
K
U
X
O
R
I
L
V
Y
Three
Times
C
F m
S j g t
Z a d
Four
Times
n p h k u w b e
Five
Times
o q l i v x f c
Six
Times
6 r
4
5
8 y
2
3
Seven
Times
M s
G
J
T z
Eight
Times
A
D
N
7
H
K
U
9
Nine
Times
B
E
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press a
, b
, d
or c
to select
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press a
, b
, d
or c
to select , and then press
OK
.
or , and then press
OK
.
Making corrections
• If you entered an incorrect number or letter and want to change it, press a
, b
, d
or c
to select or
Press
OK
several times to move the cursor under the incorrect character. Then press a
, b
, d
or c
to select
.
, and press
OK
. Re-enter the correct letter.
Special characters and symbols
Press ,
#
or
0
repeatedly until you see the special character or symbol you want.
Press
Press
#
Press
0
English:
French:
Spanish:
MFC-J690DW/MFC-J895DW
When you need to enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard will appear on the touchscreen.
611
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
• Press to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press d
or c
.
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press
[Space]
. Or, you can press c
to move the cursor.
Making corrections
• If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d
or c
to highlight the incorrect character.
Press , and then enter the correct character.
• To insert a character, press d
or c
to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
• Press for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
Related Information
•
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
•
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
•
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
•
•
612
Home > Appendix > Supply Specifications
Supply Specifications
Ink
Service Life of Ink
Cartridge
Replacement
Supplies
What is
Innobella?
The machine uses individual Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta ink cartridges that are separate from the print head assembly.
The first time you install the ink cartridges, the machine will use extra ink to fill the ink delivery tubes. This is a one-time process that enables high-quality printing. Replacement ink cartridges will print the number of pages specified later in this table. Starter cartridge yield is approximately the same as that of the LC3011 replacement cartridges.
<Standard Yield Black> LC3011BK
<Standard Yield Yellow> LC3011Y
<Standard Yield Cyan> LC3011C
<Standard Yield Magenta> LC3011M
Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 200 pages
<High Yield Black> LC3013BK
<High Yield Yellow> LC3013Y
<High Yield Cyan> LC3013C
<High Yield Magenta> LC3013M
Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 400 pages
For more information about replacement supplies, visit us at www.brother.com/pageyield
Innobella is a range of genuine supplies offered by Brother. The name "Innobella" derives from the words "Innovation" and "Bella" (meaning "Beautiful" in Italian) and is a representation of the
"innovative" technology providing you with "beautiful" and "long lasting" print results.
When you print photo images, Brother recommends Innobella glossy photo paper (BP71 series) for high quality. Brilliant prints are made easier with Innobella Ink and paper.
1 Approx. cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 24711
Related Information
•
613
Home > Appendix > Brother Numbers
Brother Numbers
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call the country where you bought the machine. Calls must be made
from within
that country.
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
The Brother Solutions Center is our one-stop resource for all your Machine needs. Download the latest software and utilities and read
FAQs & Troubleshooting
tips to learn how to get the most from your Brother product.
Check here for Brother driver updates, too.
support.brother.com
For Customer Service
In USA:
www.brother-usa.com/support (Self-Service/Email/Chat)
1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437)
In Canada:
www.brother.ca/support
(Self-Service Videos, Email, Chat, Facebook and Twitter Help)
Service Center Locator (USA only)
For the location of a Brother authorized service center, call 1-877-BROTHER (1-877-276-8437) or visit www.brother-usa.com/service .
Service Center Locations (Canada only)
For the location of a Brother authorized service center, visit www.brother.ca/support .
Ordering Accessories and Supplies
For best quality results use only genuine Brother supplies, which are available at most Brother retailers. If you cannot find the supplies you need and have a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, American Express credit card, or
PayPal account, you can order directly from Brother. Visit us online for a complete selection of the Brother accessories and supplies that are available for purchase.
NOTE
In Canada, only Visa and MasterCard are accepted.
In USA:
1-877-552-MALL (1-877-552-6255)
1-800-947-1445 (assistance via fax)
www.brothermall.com
In Canada: www.brother.ca
614
Related Information
•
615
Brother International Corporation
200 Crossing Boulevard
P.O. Box 6911
Bridgewater, NJ 08807-0911 USA
Brother International Corporation (Canada) Ltd.
1 rue Hôtel de Ville,
Dollard-des-Ormeaux, QC, Canada H9B 3H6
USA/CAN
Version B
